S-1/A
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 19, 2006
Registration
No. 333-132414
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
5940 |
|
16-1634897 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
11000 N. IH-35
Austin, Texas 78753-3195
(512) 837-8810
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrants principal executive
offices)
James D. Thompson
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
11000 N. IH-35
Austin, Texas 78753-3195
(512) 837-8810
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Mark L. Mandel, Esq.
White & Case LLP
1155 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Tel: (212) 819-8200
Fax: (212) 354-8113 |
|
Michael J. Schiavone, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Tel: (212) 848-4000
Fax: (212) 848-7179 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after effectiveness of this
registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act), check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earliest effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange
Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The information
contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.
We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated
April 19, 2006
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Common Stock
This is Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.s initial
public offering. We are
offering shares
of our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price
to be between
$ and
$ per
share.
Currently, no public market exists for our shares of common
stock. We have applied to have our shares of common stock
approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol GOLF.
Investing in shares of our common stock involves risks that
are described in the Risk Factors section beginning
on page 8 of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The underwriters may also purchase up to an
additional shares
from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting
discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus
to cover overallotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The shares will be ready for delivery on or
about ,
2006.
|
|
Merrill Lynch & Co. |
JPMorgan |
Lazard Capital Markets
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized anyone to provide you with information different from
or in addition to that contained in this prospectus. If anyone
provides you with different or inconsistent information, you
should not rely on it. We are offering to sell, and are seeking
offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions
where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained
in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business,
financial conditions, results of operations and prospects may
have changed since that date.
i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus, but does not contain all the information that
is important to you. You should read this entire prospectus
carefully, including the section entitled Risk
Factors, and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before
making an investment decision.
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
Golfsmith is the nations largest specialty retailer of
golf equipment, apparel and accessories based on sales. Since
our founding in 1967, we have established Golfsmith as a leading
national brand in the golf retail industry. We operate as an
integrated multi-channel retailer, providing our customers, who
we refer to as guests, the convenience of shopping in our 52
stores across the nation, through our leading Internet site,
www.golfsmith.com, and from our comprehensive catalogs.
Our stores feature an activity-based shopping environment where
our guests can test the performance of golf clubs in our
in-store hitting areas. We offer an extensive product selection
that features premier national brands as well as our proprietary
products and pre-owned clubs. We also offer a number of guest
services and customer care initiatives that we believe
differentiate us from our competitors, including our
SmartFitTM
custom club-fitting program, in-store golf lessons, our club
trade-in program, our
90-day playability
guarantee, our 115% low-price guarantee and our proprietary
credit card. Our advanced distribution and fulfillment center
and management information systems support and integrate our
distribution channels and provide a scalable platform to support
our planned expansion.
We began as a clubmaking company, offering custom-made clubs,
clubmaking components and club repair services. In 1972, we
opened our first retail store, and in 1975, we mailed our first
general golf products catalog. Over the next 25 years, we
continued to expand our product offerings, opened larger retail
stores and expanded our
direct-to-consumer
business by adding to our catalog titles. In 1997, we launched
our Internet site to further expand our
direct-to-consumer
business. In October 2002, an investment fund managed by First
Atlantic Capital, Ltd. acquired us from our original founders,
Carl, Barbara and Franklin Paul. Since then, we have invested in
our business through capital expenditures totaling
$28.1 million and acquisitions totaling $9.9 million
and have undertaken a series of significant strategic and
operating initiatives, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
enhancing our guests in-store experience by providing an
activity-based shopping environment featuring expanded hitting
areas, putting greens and ball launch monitor technology; |
|
|
|
|
determining that our stores are best suited to a 15,000 to
20,000 square foot concept, which enables us to accommodate
key elements of our activity-based environment; |
|
|
|
increasing our store base from 26 stores in December 2002 to
52 stores in December 2005; and |
|
|
|
expanding into the tennis category through our acquisition of
six Don Sherwood Golf & Tennis stores in July 2003 and
the subsequent introduction of tennis equipment, apparel and
accessories in the majority of our stores. |
As a result of our strategic and operating initiatives and our
significant investment, in 2005 we generated revenues of
$323.8 million, operating income of $14.7 million and
net income of $3.0 million, and we believe that we are
well-positioned to further expand our business. In 2004, we
generated revenues of $296.2 million and operating income
of $9.7 million, and had a net loss of $4.8 million.
Our net loss in 2004 resulted primarily from lower operating
income as a percentage of revenues due to increased selling,
general and administrative expenses from the opening of new
stores, and also from the recording of a full valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets of
$4.3 million. In 2003, we generated revenues of
$257.8 million, operating income of $12.7 million and
net income of $1.1 million.
1
Market Opportunity
According to industry sources:
|
|
|
|
|
|
we estimate that the golf retail market that we target
represented approximately $6 billion in sales in the United
States in 2005; |
|
|
|
|
|
the golf retail industry is highly fragmented relative to other
retail industries, with no single golf retailer accounting for
more than 6% of sales nationally in 2005; and |
|
|
|
|
off-course specialty retailers such as us have become the most
popular source for golf equipment for high-spending avid golfers
who play 25 or more rounds and/or spend $1,000 or more on golf
each year. |
We believe that we are well-positioned to capture additional
market share in this highly fragmented industry.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths have allowed
us to establish and maintain our leadership in the golf
specialty retail industry, while positioning us for future
growth and expansion.
Nationally recognized golf brand with multi-channel
model. We believe our national presence and
multi-channel retailing model differentiates us from other
specialty golf retailers and gives us a substantial competitive
advantage due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the widely-recognized Golfsmith brand; |
|
|
|
|
|
our extensive customer database containing over 2.5 million
names; and |
|
|
|
|
|
a seamless shopping experience across our retail stores,
Internet site and catalogs. |
|
Comprehensive product offering. We provide golfers
and tennis players of all skill levels and ages a broad product
offering across a comprehensive range of price points. We are
one of the largest retailers of premier branded golf merchandise
and offer top brands in tennis products. We complement the
premier branded merchandise we offer with an extensive
assortment of our high-quality proprietary branded golf
merchandise and pre-owned clubs to appeal to more
value-conscious guests.
Differentiated in-store experience. We view our
in-store interactions with our guests as opportunities to
enhance their shopping experience and build long-term
relationships. We offer our guests an activity-based shopping
environment, featuring hitting areas, putting greens and ball
launch technology. In addition, we offer customized golf-related
services, such as our
on-site club repair
services, our
SmartFitTM
customized fitting program, Hot
Stix®
technology, which analyzes a guests swing and recommends
the clubs and balls best suited to that individual, and
in-store golf lessons
through GolfTEC Learning Centers staff of
PGA-certified teaching
professionals.
Superior customer service and innovative customer care
initiatives. We are committed to providing superior
customer service and establishing long-term relationships with
our guests. We offer a variety of customer care initiatives to
foster our guests loyalty and promote confidence in their
purchases, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our 90/90 Playability Guarantee offers guests a 90% merchandise
credit for certain clubs used and returned during the first
90 days following purchase. |
|
|
|
|
|
Our 115% Low Price Guarantee provides a refund of 115% of the
difference in price if a guest notifies us within 30 days
of purchase of a lower price offered by another authorized
retailer. |
|
|
|
|
|
Our Clubvantage Program offers guests the opportunity to buy a
two- or three-year club maintenance program when purchasing
clubs, as well as other benefits. |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Our Golfsmith Credit Card provides our qualified guests with
flexible payment options for their Golfsmith purchases. |
|
|
|
|
Our Player Rewards Loyalty Program, which we launched in
April 2006, offers our guests special benefits, coupons and
discounts on select products and services. |
|
Flexible, established, cost-effective
infrastructure. Our advanced distribution and
fulfillment center and management information systems provide a
scalable platform to support our planned expansion. We believe
that other off-course specialty retailers would have to make a
sizable investment in time and capital to replicate our
infrastructure.
Proven management team. We have a strong and deep
management team that combines extensive knowledge of the golf
industry with substantial store and multi-channel retailing
experience. Our senior management team has an average of over
17 years of experience in the retail sector and an average
tenure with us of approximately seven years.
Growth Strategy
We intend to enhance our position as the premier golf and tennis
retailer by executing the following strategies:
Expand our store base. Between December 2002 and
December 2005 we doubled our store base from 26 to 52 stores and
intend to open between 10 and 12 new stores in 2006 and between
14 and 16 new stores in 2007.
Increase store revenues and profitability. Our
retail stores are an integral part of our multi-channel
strategy. Our strategy to increase store revenues and
profitability includes the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
Improve store design. To increase customer traffic, we
have developed a new store design that we are implementing in
our new stores. We are also in the process of implementing key
elements of our new store design in most of our existing stores,
which we plan to complete by the end of 2007. |
|
|
|
Grow proprietary brands. Our proprietary branded products
generally have higher margins than our premier branded
merchandise and help to drive overall margin expansion. We
believe that our proprietary brands appeal to more
value-conscious guests and do not compete directly with the
premier branded merchandise that we offer. |
|
|
|
Enhance apparel offering. We intend to continue to
increase our focus on apparel, which provides attractive margins
and a higher frequency of repeat purchases. |
|
|
|
Target the female demographic. We have launched several
initiatives to broaden our appeal to the underserved female golf
enthusiast, including our Drive catalog and the
Drive portion of our Internet site dedicated
exclusively to women, and by broadening our womens apparel
offerings. |
|
|
|
Expand the tennis category. As a result of both
sports popularity among similar demographic groups, we
believe that the tennis category provides a business opportunity
that complements our golf retail business. |
Grow our
direct-to-consumer
channel. We believe that we are well-positioned in the
golf industry to capitalize on the expected growth of Internet
sales due to our
best-in-class Internet
site functionality, our
39-year history as a
direct-to-consumer
retailer and our ability to leverage inventory across our supply
chain to fill orders.
3
Company Information
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. was formed on
September 4, 2002 and became the parent company of
Golfsmith International, Inc. on October 15, 2002 when it
acquired all of the outstanding stock of Golfsmith
International, Inc. Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. is a
holding company and has no material assets other than all of the
capital stock of Golfsmith International, Inc. In this
prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term
Golfsmith refers to Golfsmith International, Inc.
and its subsidiaries. The term Golfsmith Holdings
refers to Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries. The terms we, us and
our refer to Golfsmith prior to its acquisition by
Golfsmith Holdings and to Golfsmith Holdings after giving effect
to the acquisition of Golfsmith.
Our principal executive office is located at
11000 N. IH-35,
Austin, Texas
78753-3195, and our
telephone number is
(512) 837-8810.
Our Internet site address is www.golfsmith.com. The
information on, or accessible through, our Internet site is not
part of this prospectus.
The names Golfsmith, ASI,
Black Cat, Crystal Cat,
GearForGolf, GiftsForGolf, Killer
Bee, Lynx, Parallax,
Predator, Snake Eyes,
Tigress and Zevo, and our logo are
trademarks, service marks or trade names owned by us. All
trademarks, trade names or service marks appearing in this
prospectus are owned by their respective holders.
4
The Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares. |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds from the offering will be
$ million,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds,
together with borrowings on our new senior secured credit
facility, as follows: |
|
|
|
to retire $93.75 million aggregate principal
amount at maturity of our 8.375% senior secured notes due
2009, which had an accreted value of $82.9 million as of
February 28, 2006; |
|
|
|
to repay indebtedness outstanding under our existing
senior secured credit facility, which had an aggregate principal
amount of $5.8 million as of February 28, 2006; |
|
|
|
|
to pay a one-time $3.0 million fee to terminate
our management consulting agreement with First Atlantic Capital,
Ltd. upon completion of this offering. This agreement currently
obligates us to pay approximately $600,000 per year, plus
expenses, to First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. until 2012; and |
|
|
|
|
for general corporate purposes. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol |
|
GOLF |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on 21,594,597 shares outstanding as
of February 28, 2006 and excludes 2,850,000 shares
reserved for issuance under our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan, of
which options to purchase 1,995,223 shares at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.24 per share had been
granted and were outstanding as of February 28, 2006.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
assumes an initial public offering price of
$ per
share of common stock, the midpoint of the range of the
estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover
of this prospectus; |
|
|
|
assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to
purchase shares
from us to cover overallotments; |
|
|
|
gives effect to the issuance
of shares
of common stock to certain members of our management upon the
conversion of a corresponding number of outstanding equity
units; and |
|
|
|
reflects a 1-to-100
stock split of our common stock that was effected in 2002 and
gives effect to
a -for- stock
split to be effected immediately prior to the closing of this
offering. |
5
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
You should read the following summary consolidated financial and
other data in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
summary consolidated financial data as of and for fiscal years
ended January 3, 2004, January 1, 2005 and
December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to
December 31 of such year. All fiscal years presented
include 52 weeks of operations, except 2003, which includes
53 weeks, where week 53 occurred in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2003.
The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2005 gives effect to (i) this offering
and our receipt of estimated net proceeds of approximately
$ million,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering
price of
$ per
share of common stock, the midpoint of the range of the
estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover
of this prospectus, and (ii) the application of such net
proceeds, together with borrowings under our new senior credit
facility, as described under Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 3, 2004 | |
|
January 1, 2005 | |
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except share and | |
|
|
per share data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
257,745 |
|
|
$ |
296,202 |
|
|
$ |
323,794 |
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
171,083 |
|
|
|
195,014 |
|
|
|
208,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
86,662 |
|
|
|
101,188 |
|
|
|
115,750 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
73,400 |
|
|
|
90,763 |
|
|
|
99,310 |
|
Store pre-opening/closing expenses
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
743 |
|
|
|
1,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
74,000 |
|
|
|
91,506 |
|
|
|
101,075 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
12,662 |
|
|
|
9,682 |
|
|
|
14,675 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(11,157 |
) |
|
|
(11,241 |
) |
|
|
(11,744 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
(333 |
) |
|
|
3,358 |
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
(645 |
) |
|
|
(4,423 |
) |
|
|
(400 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
1,064 |
|
|
$ |
(4,756 |
) |
|
$ |
2,958 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in basic
income (loss) per share calculation
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in diluted
income (loss) per share calculation
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,668,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit as a percentage of sales
|
|
|
33.6 |
% |
|
|
34.2 |
% |
|
|
35.7 |
% |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
January 3, 2004 | |
|
January 1, 2005 | |
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Store Data (not in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable store sales
increase(1)
|
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
Number of stores at period end
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
Gross square feet at period end
|
|
|
759,981 |
|
|
|
849,677 |
|
|
|
905,827 |
|
Net sales per selling square foot for stores
open at beginning and end of
period(2)
|
|
$ |
302 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
353 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Actual | |
|
As Adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
$ |
71,472 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Working
capital(3)
|
|
|
22,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
4,207 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
204,836 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
82,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
57,127 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
We consider sales by a new store to be comparable commencing in
the fourteenth month after the store was opened or acquired. We
consider sales by a relocated store to be comparable if the
relocated store is expected to serve a comparable customer base
and there is not more than a
30-day period during
which neither the original store nor the relocated store is
closed for business. We consider sales by stores with modified
layouts to be comparable. We consider sales by stores that are
closed to be comparable in the period leading up to closure if
they met the qualifications of a comparable store and do not
meet the qualifications to be classified as discontinued
operations under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets. Comparable store results for a
53-week fiscal year are
presented on a 52/52 week basis by omitting the last week
of the 53-week period. |
|
(2) |
Calculated using net sales of all stores open at both the
beginning and the end of the period and the selling square
footage for such stores. Selling square feet includes all retail
space including but not limited to hitting areas, putting greens
and check-out areas. It does not include back-room and receiving
space, management offices, employee breakrooms, restrooms,
vacant space or area occupied by GolfTEC Learning Centers. |
|
(3) |
Defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities. |
7
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should consider carefully the following risks, together with
the financial and other information contained in this prospectus
before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. If any of
the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial
condition and results of operations would suffer. In that event,
the trading price of our shares of common stock would likely
decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Relating to Our Business
|
|
|
A reduction in the number of rounds of golf played and the
popularity of golf may adversely affect our sales. |
We generate substantially all of our net revenues from the sale
of golf equipment, apparel and accessories. The demand for golf
products is directly related to the popularity of golf, the
number of golf participants and the number of rounds of golf
being played by these participants. According to the National
Golf Foundation, the number of rounds played annually in the
United States declined from 518.4 million in 2000 to
499.6 million in 2005. This decline is attributable to a
number of factors, including the state of the nations
economy. If golf participation and the number of rounds of golf
played decreases, sales of our products may be adversely
affected. We cannot assure you that the overall dollar volume of
the market for golf-related products will grow, or that it will
not decline, in the future.
The demand for golf products is also directly related to the
popularity of magazines, cable channels and other media
dedicated to golf, television coverage of golf tournaments and
attendance at golf events. We depend on the exposure of the
products we sell, especially the premier branded golf
merchandise, through advertising and the media or at golf
tournaments and events. Any significant reduction in television
coverage of, or attendance at, golf tournaments and events or
any significant reduction in the popularity of golf magazines or
golf channels, may reduce the visibility of the brands that we
sell and could adversely affect our sales.
|
|
|
A reduction in discretionary consumer spending could
reduce our sales of golf products. |
Golf products are recreational in nature and are therefore
discretionary purchases for consumers. Consumers are generally
more willing to make discretionary golf product purchases during
favorable economic conditions. Discretionary spending is
affected by many factors, including general business conditions,
interest rates, the availability of consumer credit, taxation
and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Purchases
of our products could decline during periods when disposable
income is lower, or during periods of actual or perceived
unfavorable economic conditions. Any significant decline in
general economic conditions or uncertainties regarding future
economic prospects that adversely affect discretionary consumer
spending, whether in the United States generally or in a
particular geographic area in which our stores are located,
could lead to reduced sales of our products.
|
|
|
Our sales and profits may be adversely affected if we or
our suppliers fail to develop and introduce new and innovative
products that appeal to our customers. |
Our future success depends, in part, upon our and our
suppliers continued ability to develop and introduce new
and innovative products. This is particularly true with respect
to golf clubs, which accounted for approximately 45% of our net
sales in fiscal 2005. We believe our guests desire to test
the performance of the latest golf equipment drives traffic into
our stores and increases sales. This is particularly true when
significant technological advancements in golf clubs and other
equipment occur, although such advances generally only occur
every few years. Furthermore, the success of new products
depends not only upon their performance, but also upon the
subjective preferences of golfers, including how a club looks,
sounds and feels, and the level of popularity that a golf club
enjoys among professional and recreational golfers. Our success
depends, in large part, on our and our suppliers ability
to identify and anticipate the changing preferences of our
customers and our ability to stock our stores with a wide
selection of quality merchandise that appeals to customer
preferences. If we or our suppliers fail to successfully develop
and
8
introduce on a timely basis new and innovative products that
appeal to our customers, our revenues and profitability may
suffer.
On the other hand, if our suppliers introduce new golf clubs too
rapidly, it could result in closeouts of existing inventories.
Closeouts can result in reduced margins on the sale of older
products, as well as reduced sales of new products given the
availability of older products at lower prices. These reduced
margins and sales may adversely affect our results of operations.
|
|
|
Competition from new and existing competitors could have
an adverse effect on our sales and profitability. |
Our principal competitors are currently other off-course
specialty retailers, franchise and independent golf retailers,
on-course pro shops, conventional sporting goods retailers, mass
merchants and warehouse clubs, and online retailers of golf
equipment. These businesses compete with us in one or more
product categories. In addition, traditional sports retailers
and specialty golf retailers are expanding more aggressively in
marketing and supplying brand-name golf equipment, thereby
competing directly with us for products, customers and
locations. Some of these potential competitors have greater
financial or marketing resources than we do and may be able to
devote greater resources to sourcing, promoting and selling
their products. We may also face increased competition due to
the entry of new competitors, including current suppliers that
decide to sell their products directly. As a result of this
competition, we may experience lower sales or greater operating
costs, such as marketing costs, which would have an adverse
effect on our margins and our results of operations in general.
|
|
|
Our growth will be adversely affected if we are unable to
open new stores and operate them profitably. |
Our growth strategy involves opening additional stores in new
and existing markets. We are in the early stages of our store
expansion. At the end of 2005, we had 52 stores, more than half
of which we opened or acquired during the last three years. We
plan to open between 10 and 12 new stores in 2006 and between 14
and 16 new stores in 2007. In addition to capital requirements,
our ability to open new stores on a timely and profitable basis
is subject to various contingencies, including but not limited
to, our ability to successfully:
|
|
|
|
|
identify suitable store locations that meet our target
demographics; |
|
|
|
negotiate and enter into long-term leases upon acceptable terms; |
|
|
|
build-out or refurbish sites on a timely and cost-effective
basis; |
|
|
|
hire, train and retain skilled managers and personnel; and |
|
|
|
integrate new stores into existing operations. |
After identifying a new store site, we typically try to
negotiate a long-term lease, generally between 10 and
20 years. Long-term leases typically result in long-term
financial obligations that we are obligated to pay regardless of
whether the store generates sufficient traffic and sales. There
can be no assurance that new stores will generate sales levels
necessary to achieve store-level profitability or profitability
comparable to that of existing stores. New stores may also have
lower sales volumes or profits compared to previously opened
stores or they may have losses. In the past, we have experienced
delays and cost-overruns in obtaining proper permitting,
building and refurbishing stores. We cannot assure you that we
will not experience these problems again in the future.
Furthermore, our expansion into new and existing markets may
present competitive, distribution, and merchandising challenges
that differ from our current challenges, including competition
among our stores clustered in a single market, diminished
novelty of our activity-based store design and concept, added
strain on our distribution and fulfillment center and management
information systems, and diversion of management attention from
existing operations.
9
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in meeting the
challenges described above or that any of our new stores will be
a profitable deployment of our capital resources. If we fail to
open additional stores successfully or if any of our new stores
are not profitable, we may not be able to grow our revenues and
our results of operations and financial position may be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
If our key suppliers limit the amount or variety of
products they sell to us or if they fail to deliver products to
us in a timely manner and upon customary pricing terms, our
sales and profitability could be adversely affected. |
We rely on a limited number of suppliers for a significant
portion of our product sales. During fiscal 2004 and 2005, three
of our suppliers each accounted for approximately 10% of our
purchases. We depend on access to the latest golf equipment,
apparel and accessories from the premier national brands in
order to drive traffic into our stores and through our
direct-to-consumer
channel. We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our
suppliers providing for continued supply, pricing, allowances or
other terms. In addition, certain of our vendors have
established minimum advertised pricing requirements, which, if
violated, could result in our inability to obtain certain
products. If our suppliers refuse to distribute their products
to us, limit the amount or variety of products they make
available to us, or fail to deliver such products on a timely
basis and upon customary pricing terms, our sales and
profitability could be adversely affected.
In addition, some of our proprietary products require specially
developed manufacturing molds, techniques or processes which
make it difficult to identify and utilize alternative suppliers
quickly. Any significant production delay or the inability of
our current suppliers to deliver products on a timely basis,
including clubheads and shafts in sufficient quantities, or the
transition to alternate suppliers, could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.
|
|
|
Our sales could decline if we are unable to process
increased traffic or prevent security breaches on our Internet
site and our network infrastructure. |
A key element of our strategy is to generate high-volume traffic
on, and increase sales through, our Internet site. Accordingly,
the satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of
our Internet site, transaction processing systems and network
infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to
attract and retain guests. Our Internet revenues will depend on
the number of visitors who shop on our Internet site and the
volume of orders we can fill on a timely basis. Problems with
our Internet site or order fulfillment performance would reduce
the volume of goods sold and could damage our reputation. We may
experience system interruptions from time to time. If there is a
substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our Internet
site or the number of orders placed by customers, we may be
required to expand and further upgrade our technology,
transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to accurately project the
rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our Internet
site, or that we will be able to successfully and seamlessly
expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate
such increases on a timely and cost-effective basis.
The success of our Internet site depends on the secure
transmission of confidential information over network and the
Internet and on the secure storage of data. We rely on
encryption and authentication technology licensed from third
parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to
effect secure transmission and storage of confidential
information, such as customer credit card information. In
addition, we maintain an extensive confidential database of
customer profiles and transaction information. We cannot assure
you that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in
the field of cryptography, or other events or developments will
not result in a compromise or breach of the security we use to
protect customer transaction and personal data contained in our
customer database. In addition, other companies in the retail
sector have from time to time experienced breaches as a result
of actions by their employees. If any compromise of our security
were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our
reputation, business, operating results and financial condition,
and could result in a loss of customers. A party who is able to
circumvent our security measures could damage our reputation,
cause interruptions in our operations and/or misappropriate
proprietary information which, in turn, could cause us to incur
liability
10
for any resulting losses. We may be required to expend
significant capital and other resources to protect against
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by breaches.
|
|
|
Our ability to expand our business will be adversely
affected if adequate capital is not available. |
Our ability to open new stores depends on the availability of
adequate capital, which in turn depends in large part on our
cash flow from operations and the availability of equity and
debt financing. We currently anticipate spending approximately
$1.8 million to open each additional store, which includes
pre-opening expenses, capital expenditures and inventory costs.
We cannot assure you that our cash flow from operations will be
sufficient or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt
financing on acceptable terms or at all to implement our growth
strategy. The new senior secured credit facility that we plan to
enter into upon the closing of this offering may contain
provisions which restrict our ability to incur additional
indebtedness, make capital expenditures, or make substantial
asset sales which might otherwise be used to finance our
expansion. Our obligations under the new senior secured facility
may be secured by substantially all of our assets, which may
further limit our access to capital or lending sources. As a
result, we cannot assure you that adequate capital will be
available to finance our current expansion plans.
|
|
|
We lease almost all of our store locations. If we are
unable to maintain those leases or locate alternative sites for
our stores on terms that are acceptable us, our net revenues and
profitability could be adversely affected. |
We lease 51 of our 52 current stores. In fiscal 2005, we closed
two stores when the leases for those locations expired. In both
instances, we opened a new store in similar locations during
fiscal 2005. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
maintain our existing store locations as leases expire, extend
the leases or be able to locate alternative sites on favorable
terms. If we cannot maintain our existing store locations,
extend the leases or locate alternative sites on favorable or
acceptable terms, our net revenues and profitability could be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
Our operating results could be adversely affected if we
are unable to accurately predict and respond to seasonal
fluctuations in our business. |
Our business is seasonal. The golf season and the number of
rounds played in the markets we serve fluctuate based on a
number of factors, including the weather. Accordingly, our sales
leading up to and during the warm weather golf season, as well
as the Christmas holiday gift-giving season, have historically
contributed to a higher percentage of our annual net revenues
and annual net operating income than other periods in our fiscal
year. During fiscal 2005, the fiscal months of March through
September and December, which together comprise 36 weeks of
our 52-week fiscal
year, contributed over three-quarters of our annual net revenues
and substantially all of our annual operating income. We make
decisions regarding merchandise well in advance of the season in
which it will be sold. We incur significant additional expenses
leading up to and during these periods in anticipation of higher
sales, including acquiring additional inventory, preparing and
mailing our catalogs, advertising, creating in-store promotions
and hiring additional employees. In the event of unseasonable
weather during the peak season in certain markets, our sales may
be lower and we may not be able to adjust our inventory or
expenses in a timely fashion. This seasonality may result in
volatility or have an adverse effect on our results of
operations and the market price of our common stock.
|
|
|
Many of our stores are clustered in particular
metropolitan areas, and an economic downturn or other adverse
events in these areas may significantly reduce the sales for
stores located in such areas, which would adversely affect our
operating results. |
A significant portion of our stores are clustered in certain
geographic areas, including seven in each of the Tri-State (New
York, New Jersey and Connecticut) and the San Francisco Bay
area, six in Los Angeles, four in each of Chicago and Dallas,
and three in each of Atlanta, Denver, Detroit, Houston and
Phoenix. If any of these areas were to experience a downturn in
economic conditions, natural disasters such as hurricanes,
floods or earthquakes, terrorist attacks, or other negative
events, the stores in these areas may be adversely affected,
which would adversely affect our operating results.
11
|
|
|
Our comparable store sales may fluctuate, which could
negatively impact our future operating performance. |
Our comparable store sales are affected by a variety of factors,
including, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
customer demand in different geographic regions; |
|
|
|
unseasonable weather during certain periods for certain
geographic regions; |
|
|
|
|
changes in our product mix; |
|
|
|
|
our decision to relocate or refurbish certain stores; |
|
|
|
|
the launch of promotional events; |
|
|
|
|
|
the opening of new stores by us and our competitors in our
existing markets; and |
|
|
|
|
|
changes in economic conditions in the areas in which our stores
are located. |
|
Our comparable store sales have fluctuated significantly in the
past and such fluctuation may continue in the future. The change
in comparable store sales compared to the prior fiscal year was
7.4% in 2003, 0.7% in 2004 and 2.5% in 2005. We believe that the
introduction of our 90/90 Playability Guarantee in the second
quarter of 2003 may have positively impacted our comparable
store sales for the subsequent four quarters and created
challenging comparisons for the following four quarters. We have
also experienced decreases in comparable store sales during
certain quarterly periods during the last two fiscal years and
we cannot assure you that our comparable store sales will not
decrease again in the future. Comparable store sales is an
important measure to research analysts that may cover our
company. Any reduction in or failure to increase our comparable
store sales or to meet analysts expectations could
negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.
|
|
|
If we fail to accurately target the appropriate segment of
the consumer catalog market or if we fail to achieve adequate
response rates to our catalogs, our sales and profitability may
be adversely affected. |
Our results of operations depend in part on the success of our
direct-to-consumer
channel, which consists of our Internet site and multiple
catalogs. Within our
direct-to-consumer
distribution channel, we believe that the success of our catalog
operations also contributes to the success of our Internet site,
because many of our customers who receive catalogs choose to
purchase products through our Internet site. We believe that the
success of our catalogs depend on our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
achieve adequate response rates to our mailings; |
|
|
|
offer an attractive merchandise mix; |
|
|
|
cost-effectively add new customers; |
|
|
|
cost-effectively design and produce appealing catalogs; and |
|
|
|
timely deliver products ordered through our catalogs to our
guests. |
We have historically experienced fluctuations in the response
rates to our catalog mailings. If we fail to achieve adequate
response rates, we could experience lower sales, significant
markdowns or write-offs of inventory and lower margins, which
could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
|
|
|
If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer, we
may not be able to manage our operations and implement our
growth strategy effectively. |
We depend on the continued service of James D. Thompson, our
President and Chief Executive Officer, who possesses significant
expertise and knowledge of our business and industry. Currently,
we do not maintain key person insurance for any of our officers
or managers. We have entered into an employment agreement with
Mr. Thompson that expires, subject to automatic one-year
extensions, in October 2006. Any loss or interruption of the
services of Mr. Thompson could significantly reduce our
ability to effectively manage our operations and implement our
growth strategy, and we cannot assure you that we would be able
to find an appropriate replacement should the need arise.
12
|
|
|
Our profitability would be adversely affected if the
operations of our Austin, Texas call center or distribution and
fulfillment center were interrupted or shut down. |
We operate a centralized call center and distribution and
fulfillment center in Austin, Texas. We handle almost all of our
Internet site and catalog orders through our Austin facility. We
also receive and ship a significant portion of our retail
stores inventory through our Austin facility. Any natural
disaster or other serious disruption to this facility would
substantially disrupt our operations and could damage all or a
portion of our inventory at this facility, impairing our ability
to adequately stock our stores and fulfill guest orders. In
addition, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer
lead times associated with fulfilling our
direct-to-consumer
orders and distributing our products to our stores during the
time it takes for us to reopen or replace our Austin facility.
As a result, a disruption at our Austin facility would adversely
affect our profitability.
|
|
|
A disruption in the service or a significant increase in
the cost of our primary delivery service for our
direct-to-consumer
operations would have a material adverse effect on our
business. |
We use United Parcel Service, or UPS, for substantially all of
our ground shipments of products sold through our Internet site
and catalogs to our guests in the United States. Any significant
disruption to UPSs services would impede our ability to
deliver our products through our
direct-to-consumer
channel, which could cause us to lose sales or guests. In
addition, if UPS were to significantly increase its shipping
charges, we may not be able to pass these additional shipping
costs on to our guests and still maintain the same level of
direct-to-consumer
sales. In the event of disruption to UPSs services or a
significant increase in its shipping charges, we may not be able
to engage alternative carriers to deliver our products in a
timely manner on favorable terms, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
|
|
|
An increase in the costs of mailing, paper, and printing
our catalogs would adversely affect our profitability. |
Unlike many of our competitors, we generate a significant
percentage of our revenues through our direct-to-consumer
channel, including catalog orders. Postal rate increases and
paper and printing costs affect the cost of our catalog
mailings. We rely on discounts from the basic postal rate
structure, such as discounts for bulk mailings and sorting by
zip code and carrier routes for our catalogs. We are not a party
to any long-term contracts for the supply of paper. Our cost of
paper has fluctuated significantly during the past three fiscal
years, and our future paper costs are subject to supply and
demand forces external to our business. A material increase in
postal rates or printing or paper costs for our catalogs could
materially decrease our profitability.
|
|
|
If we are unable to enforce our intellectual property
rights our net revenues and profits may decline. |
Our success and ability to compete are dependent, in part, on
sales of our proprietary branded merchandise. We currently hold
a substantial number of registrations for trademarks and service
marks to protect our own proprietary brands. We also rely to a
lesser extent on trade secret, patent and copyright protection,
employee confidentiality agreements and license agreements to
protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that the
exclusive right to use trademarks and service marks has helped
establish our market share. If we are unable to continue to
protect the trademarks and service marks for our proprietary
brands, if such marks become generic or if third parties adopt
marks similar to our marks, our ability to differentiate our
products and services may be diminished. In the event that our
trademarks or service marks are successfully challenged by third
parties, we could lose brand recognition and be forced to devote
additional resources to advertising and marketing new brands for
our products.
From time to time, we may be compelled to protect our
intellectual property, which may involve litigation. Such
litigation may be time-consuming, expensive and distract our
management from running the
day-to-day operations
of our business, and could result in the impairment or loss of
the involved intellectual property. There is no guarantee that
the steps we take to protect our intellectual property,
including litigation when necessary, will be successful. The
loss or reduction of any of our significant intellectual
property rights could diminish our ability to distinguish our
products from competitors
13
products and retain our market share for our proprietary
products. Our proprietary products sold under our proprietary
brands generate higher margins than products sold under third
party manufacturer brands. If we are unable to effectively
protect our proprietary intellectual property rights and fewer
of our sales come from our proprietary products, our net
revenues and profits may decline.
|
|
|
We may become subject to intellectual property suits that
could cause us to incur substantial costs or pay substantial
damages or prohibit us from selling our products. |
Third parties may from time to time assert claims against us
alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violations of
patent, trademark or other proprietary rights, whether or not
such claims have merit. Such claims can be time consuming and
expensive to defend and may divert the attention of our
management and key personnel from our business operations.
Claims for alleged infringement and any resulting lawsuit, if
successful, could subject us to significant liability for
damages, increase the costs of selling some of our products and
damage our reputation. Any potential intellectual property
litigation could also force us to stop selling certain products,
obtain a license from the owner to use the relevant intellectual
property, which license may not be available on reasonable
terms, if at all, or redesign our products to avoid using the
relevant intellectual property.
|
|
|
We may be subject to product warranty claims or product
recalls which could harm our business, results of operations,
and reputation. |
We may be subject to risks associated with our proprietary
branded products, including product liability. Our existing or
future proprietary products may contain design or materials
defects, which could subject us to product liability claims and
product recalls. Although we maintain limited product liability
insurance, if any successful product liability claim or product
recall is not covered by or exceeds our insurance coverage, our
business, results of operations and financial condition would be
harmed. In addition, product recalls could adversely affect our
reputation in the marketplace. In May 2002, we learned that some
of our proprietary products sold in the prior two years were not
manufactured in accordance with their design specifications.
Upon discovery of this discrepancy, we offered our customers
refunds, replacements or gift certificates. As a result, in
fiscal 2002 we recognized $300,000 in product return and
replacement expenses. We cannot assure you that problems like
this will not happen again in the future, or if they do, that
they will not have a material adverse effect on our business and
results of operations. In addition, it is possible that we could
face similar risks with respect to the premier branded products
we sell.
|
|
|
Disruption of operations of ports through which our
products are imported from Asia could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations. |
We import substantially all of our proprietary products from
Asia under short-term purchase orders, and a significant amount
of the premier branded products we sell is also manufactured in
Asia. If a disruption occurs in the operations of ports through
which our products are imported, we and our vendors may have to
ship some or all of our products from Asia by air freight.
Shipping by air is significantly more expensive than shipping by
boat, and if we cannot pass these increased shipping costs on to
our guests, our profitability will be reduced. A disruption at
ports through which our products are imported would have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
|
|
|
We may pursue strategic acquisitions, which could have an
adverse impact on our business. |
Although we currently do not have any agreement or understanding
to make any acquisitions, from time to time, we may grow our
business by acquiring complementary businesses, products or
technologies. In May 2003, we acquired the assets and technology
of Zevo Golf Co., Inc., and in July 2003 we acquired six Don
Sherwood Golf & Tennis stores. Other acquisitions that
we may make in the future entail a number of risks that could
materially and adversely affect our business and operating
results. Negotiating potential acquisitions or integrating newly
acquired businesses, products or technologies into our business
could divert our managements attention from other business
concerns and could be expensive and time consuming. Acquisitions
could expose our business to unforeseen liabilities or risks
associated with entering new markets or businesses. In addition,
we might lose key employees while integrating new organizations.
Consequently, we might not be successful in integrating any
acquired
14
businesses, products or technologies, and might not achieve
anticipated sales and cost benefits. In addition, future
acquisitions could result in customer dissatisfaction,
performance problems with an acquired company, or issuances of
equity securities that cause dilution to our existing
stockholders. Furthermore, we may incur contingent liabilities
or possible impairment charges related to goodwill or other
intangible assets or other unanticipated events or
circumstances, any of which could harm our financial condition.
Risks Related to this Offering
|
|
|
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. will have
significant influence over us, including the ability to
designate a majority of our board of directors, and its
interests may conflict with the interests of our other
stockholders. |
Upon completion of this offering, the largest beneficial owner
of our shares, Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P.
(Atlantic Equity Partners), an investment fund
managed by First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. (First Atlantic
Capital), will beneficially
own % of our
outstanding common stock,
or % assuming exercise
of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters. As a
result, Atlantic Equity Partners, and indirectly First Atlantic
Capital, will have the ability to control or have significant
influence over substantially all matters submitted to our
stockholders for approval, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the composition of our board of directors, which has the
authority to direct our business and appoint and remove our
officers; |
|
|
|
approving or rejecting a merger, consolidation or other business
combination; and |
|
|
|
amending our certificate of incorporation which governs the
rights attached to our shares of common stock. |
In addition, prior to this offering, we and Atlantic Equity
Partners will enter into a management rights agreement. Pursuant
to this agreement, so long as Atlantic Equity Partners continues
to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, it will be
entitled to nominate a majority of our board of directors and
will have the ability to effectively control the vote in any
election of directors. Following a reduction of the equity owned
by Atlantic Equity Partners to below 50% of our outstanding
equity, it will retain the right to cause the board of directors
to nominate a specified number of designees for the board of
directors, and continue to be able to significantly influence or
effectively control our decisions. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Management Rights Agreement.
This concentration of ownership of shares of our common stock
could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers,
open-market purchase programs or other purchases of shares of
our common stock that might otherwise give you the opportunity
to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of
our common stock. This concentration of ownership may also
adversely affect our stock price.
|
|
|
Following this offering, we may be a controlled
company within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate
governance rules. If we are, we will qualify for, and intend to
rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance
requirements, and, as a result, our stockholders may not have
the same degree of protection as that afforded to stockholders
of companies that are subject to all of Nasdaqs corporate
governance requirements. |
Depending on the actual number of shares of common stock sold in
this offering, including whether the underwriters exercise their
overallotment option, we may be a controlled company
within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules as a
result of the ownership position of Atlantic Equity Partners. A
controlled company is a company of which more than
50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or
another company. Such a company may elect not to comply with
certain Nasdaq corporate governance rules, including the
requirements that: (1) a majority of our board of directors
consists of independent directors, and (2) we establish a
nominating committee and a compensation committee that are
composed entirely of independent directors with a written
charter addressing the purpose and responsibilities of the
compensation committee. If we are a controlled company following
this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result,
we would not intend to make a determination regarding the
independence of our
15
board members, and our board of directors may not consist of a
majority of independent directors. In addition, while we will
establish a compensation and nominating committee, this
committee may not be composed entirely of independent directors.
Accordingly, if we are a controlled company, our stockholders
may not have the same degree of protection as that afforded to
stockholders of companies that are subject to all of
Nasdaqs corporate governance requirements.
|
|
|
Our directors and executive officers who have
relationships with First Atlantic Capital may have conflicts of
interest with respect to matters involving our company. |
Following this
offering, of our
directors will be affiliated with First Atlantic Capital, which
manages Atlantic Equity Partners. These persons will have
fiduciary duties to both us and First Atlantic Capital. As a
result, they may have real or apparent conflicts of interest on
matters affecting both us and First Atlantic Capital, which in
some circumstances may have interests adverse to ours. In
addition, as a result of Atlantic Equity Partners
ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with
respect to transactions involving business dealings between us
and Atlantic Equity Partners or First Atlantic Capital
including, but not limited to, potential acquisitions of
businesses or properties, the issuance of additional securities,
the payment of dividends by us and other matters.
|
|
|
There has been no prior public market for our common stock
and the trading price of our common stock may be adversely
affected if an active trading market in our common stock does
not develop. |
Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been publicly
traded. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest
will lead to the development of an active trading market in
shares of our common stock or whether such a market will be
sustained. The initial public offering price for the shares will
be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives
of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that
will prevail in the trading market.
|
|
|
Our stock price may be volatile after this
offering. |
The trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide
fluctuations, substantially due to many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
announcements or introductions of technological innovations or
new products, or product enhancements or pricing policies by us
or our competitors; |
|
|
|
disputes or other developments with respect to our or our
competitors intellectual property rights; |
|
|
|
announcements of strategic partnerships, joint ventures or other
agreements by us or our competitors; |
|
|
|
recruitment or departure of key personnel; |
|
|
|
future sales of some or all of the shares of our common stock
held by Atlantic Equity Partners; |
|
|
|
our sale of common stock or other securities in the future; |
|
|
|
changes in the estimation of the future size and growth of our
markets; and |
|
|
|
competition, market conditions in our industry and the economy
as a whole. |
Share price fluctuations may be exaggerated if the trading
volume of our common stock is too low. If our future operating
results are below the expectations of investors or the market in
general, the price of our common stock would likely decline.
16
|
|
|
Future sales of our common stock could cause the market
price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our
business is profitable. |
After this offering, we will
have shares
of common stock outstanding. This includes
the shares
of common stock we are selling in this offering, which may be
resold in the public market immediately after this offering. We
expect that the
remaining shares
of common stock,
representing %
of our total outstanding shares of common stock following this
offering, will become available for resale in the public market
as shown in the chart below. Our stockholders, and our directors
and officers, have signed
lock-up agreements for
a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus,
subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or
material news or a material event relating to us. The
underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice,
release all or any portion of the common stock subject to
lock-up agreements. As
restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock
could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted
shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to
sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for
us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our
common stock or other securities.
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Date of Availability for Resale into the Public Market |
|
|
|
million
|
|
Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus |
|
Approximately million
|
|
180 days after the date of this prospectus, of which
approximately million are
subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 |
|
Approximately million
|
|
More than 180 days after the date of this prospectus |
|
|
|
The anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and
under Delaware law could discourage or prevent others from
acquiring our company, and, therefore, our shareholders may lose
the opportunity to sell their shares at a favorable
price. |
Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain
provisions which could make it harder for a third party to
acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. For
example, if a potential acquiror were to make a hostile bid for
us, the acquiror would not be able to call a special meeting of
stockholders to remove our board of directors unless it held at
least 25% in voting power of all the outstanding shares entitled
to vote at that meeting. In addition, if Atlantic Equity
Partners owns 45% or less of our common stock, our stockholders
will not be permitted to take action by written consent without
a meeting. Modifications of certain provisions of our
certificate of incorporation would require the consent of 75% of
the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock. The
acquiror would also be required to provide advance notice of its
proposal to remove directors at an annual meeting. In addition,
our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred
stock in series, with the terms of each series to be fixed by
the board of directors.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law limits
business combination transactions with 15% stockholders that
have not been approved by the board of directors. These
provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult
for a third party to acquire us without negotiation. These
provisions may apply even if the offer may be considered
beneficial by some stockholders.
Our board of directors could choose not to negotiate with an
acquiror that it did not feel was in our strategic interest. If
the acquiror were discouraged from offering to acquire us or
prevented from successfully completing a hostile acquisition by
the anti-takeover measures, you could lose the opportunity to
sell your shares at a favorable price.
17
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We have
based these forward-looking statements on our current
expectations and projections about future events. These
statements include but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
the timing, amount and composition of future capital
expenditures; |
|
|
|
the timing and number of new store openings and our expectations
as to the costs associated with new store openings; |
|
|
|
the timing and completion of the remodeling of our existing
stores; |
|
|
|
our plans to grow particular areas of our business, including
sales of our proprietary branded products, our apparel and
tennis products; and |
|
|
|
our plans to launch new customer care initiatives, including our
guest loyalty program. |
These statements may be found in the sections of this prospectus
entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk
Factors, Use of Proceeds,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business and in this prospectus generally, including
the sections of this prospectus entitled
Business Overview and
Business Industry, which contain
information obtained from independent industry sources. Actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of various factors,
including all the risks discussed in Risk Factors
and elsewhere in this prospectus.
In addition, statements that use the terms believe,
expect, plan, intend,
estimate, anticipate and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements in this prospectus reflect our
current views about future events and are based on assumptions
and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our
actual results to differ materially from future results
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Many of
these factors are beyond our ability to control or predict. You
should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.
Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal
securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to
update or revise any forward-looking statements.
The forward looking statements contained in this prospectus are
excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
18
USE OF PROCEEDS
Assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering
price range, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from
this offering of
$ ,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their
overallotment option in full, we estimate that we will receive
additional net proceeds of
$ .
We intend to use the net proceeds, together with borrowings
under our new senior secured credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
to retire $93.75 million aggregate principal amount at
maturity of our 8.375% senior secured notes due 2009 issued
on October 15, 2002, which had an accreted value of
$83.2 million as of April 1, 2006; |
|
|
|
|
|
to repay indebtedness outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facility, which had an aggregate principal amount
of $5.5 million as of April 1, 2006; |
|
|
|
|
|
to pay a one-time $3.0 million fee to terminate our
management consulting agreement with First Atlantic Capital,
Ltd. upon completion of this offering. This agreement currently
obligates us to pay approximately $600,000 per year, plus
expenses, to First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. until 2012; and |
|
|
|
|
for general corporate purposes. |
The actual amount we use to retire the notes and repay
indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit
facility may increase to the extent the accreted value or
outstanding indebtedness on the date of retirement or repayment
exceeds such amounts as of February 28, 2006.
Interest on outstanding borrowings under our senior secured
credit facility is payable, at our option, at either an index
rate or a LIBOR rate. Index rate loans bear interest at a
floating rate equal to the higher of (i) the base rate on
corporate loans quoted by The Wall Street Journal or
(ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points per
annum, in either case plus 1.00%. LIBOR rate loans bear interest
at a rate based on LIBOR plus 2.50%. We have the option to
choose 1-,
2-,
3- or
6-month LIBOR periods
for borrowings bearing interest at the LIBOR rate. In addition,
the senior secured credit facility requires us to pay a monthly
fee of 2.50% per annum of the amount available under
outstanding letters of credit. We are also required to pay a
monthly commitment fee equal to 0.5% per annum of the undrawn
availability, as calculated under the agreement. Amounts
currently outstanding under the senior secured credit facility
are due and payable in April 2007 and bear interest at a rate of
8.5%.
The 8.375% senior secured notes have a final maturity date
of October 15, 2009, although we are required by the
indenture governing the notes to make the principal payments on
the notes of $18.75 million in 2007 and $9.375 million
in 2008.
As described above, we will use the net proceeds from this
offering to repay all of our outstanding indebtedness, which
will eliminate the interest expense related to such indebtedness
going forward. Interest expense was $11.2 million for
fiscal year 2003, $11.2 million for fiscal year 2004 and
$11.8 million for fiscal year 2005. We estimate that we
will record a $12.0 million loss related to the
extinguishment of this long-term debt. Additionally, we expect
to enter into a new senior secured credit facility upon the
closing of this offering, under which borrowings are expected to
fluctuate based upon our working capital needs with the
resulting interest expense reflected in our consolidated
financial statements.
19
DIVIDEND POLICY
Since our acquisition in October 2002, no dividends have been
declared or paid on our shares of common stock and we do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares of our common
stock in the future. We currently intend to retain all future
earnings to finance our operations and to expand our business.
Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be
made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend
on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital
requirements, results of operations, financial condition,
financing arrangements, future prospects and other factors our
board of directors may deem relevant. We expect that the terms
of our new senior secured credit facility will include
provisions that restrict the payment of cash dividends on our
common stock. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources for
additional information regarding our debt.
20
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
our capitalization as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; |
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to: |
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance
of shares
of common stock to certain members of our management upon the
conversion of a corresponding number of outstanding equity units; |
|
|
|
an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to authorize
the issuance of up
to shares
of common stock
and shares
of preferred stock; and |
|
|
|
the issuance and sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, our receipt of estimated net
proceeds of approximately
$ million,
after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering
price of
$ per
share of common stock, the midpoint of the range of the
estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover
of this prospectus, and the application of such net proceeds,
together with borrowings under our new senior secured credit
facility, as described under Use of Proceeds. |
You should read the following table in conjunction with
Selected Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
(in thousands) |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
4,207 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured credit facility
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
New senior secured credit facility
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
8.735% senior secured notes
|
|
$ |
82,450 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total indebtedness
|
|
$ |
82,450 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.001 par value per share;
40,000,000 shares authorized and 21,594,597 shares
issued and outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized
and shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock,
$ par
value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized, and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted common stock units, $.001 par value per unit;
755,935 units issued and outstanding, actual, and zero
units issued and outstanding,
pro forma
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital
|
|
|
60,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(3,320 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
57,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
143,785 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
DILUTION
Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005 was
$ ,
or
$ per
share of common stock. After giving effect to (i) the sale
by us
of shares
of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering
price range, after deducting the underwriting discount and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the
application of such net proceeds, together with additional
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility, as
described under Use of Proceeds, and (iii) the
issuance
of shares
of common stock to certain members of our management upon the
conversion of a corresponding number of outstanding equity
units; our adjusted net tangible book value as of
January 1, 2006 would have been
$ ,
or $ per share of common stock. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per
share of common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution of
$ per
share of common stock to new investors purchasing shares of
common stock in this offering. Dilution per share represents the
difference between the price per share to be paid by new
investors for the shares of common stock sold in this offering
and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this
offering. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to
repayment of debt outstanding at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
conversion of equity units outstanding at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical net tangible book value per share after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents the differences between the total
consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common
stock in this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
Consideration | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Average Price | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percent | |
|
Per Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
|
|
The preceding does not reflect 2,850,000 shares of common
stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under
our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan as of December 31, 2005 at a
weighted average exercise price of $3.24 per share, and
841,777 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance
under this plan.
Assuming the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment
option to
purchase additional
shares of common stock, our adjusted net tangible book value as
of December 31, 2005, would have been
$ ,
or
$ per
share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible
book value of
$ per
share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per
share to new investors participating in this offering.
22
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated financial
and other data in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated financial data as of and for fiscal years
ended January 3, 2004, January 1, 2005 and
December 31, 2005 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of and
for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 and for the
period from December 30, 2001 through October 15, 2002
have been derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements of Golfsmith International, Inc., and for the period
from October 16, 2002 through December 28, 2002 have
been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements
of Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., which are not
included in this prospectus. Our fiscal year ends on the
Saturday closest to December 31 of such year. All fiscal
years presented include 52 weeks of operations, except
2003, which includes 53 weeks, where week 53 occurred in
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003.
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. was formed on
September 4, 2002 and became the parent company of
Golfsmith International, Inc. on October 15, 2002 as a
result of its merger with and into BGA Acquisition Corp., our
wholly owned subsidiary. Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
is a holding company and had no material assets or operations
prior to acquiring all of the capital stock of Golfsmith
International, Inc. The application of purchase accounting rules
to the financial statements of Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc. resulted in different accounting bases from Golfsmith
International, Inc. and, hence, different financial information
for the periods beginning on October 16, 2002. We refer to
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. and all of its
subsidiaries, including Golfsmith International, Inc. following
the acquisition on October 15, 2002, as the successor for
purposes of the presentation of financial information below. We
refer to Golfsmith International, Inc. prior to being acquired
by Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. as the predecessor for
purposes of the presentation of financial information below.
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Period from | |
|
|
Period from | |
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
December 30, | |
|
|
October 16, | |
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
2001 through | |
|
|
2002 through | |
|
| |
|
|
December 29, | |
|
October 15, | |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands, except share, per share and store data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
221,439 |
|
|
$ |
180,315 |
|
|
|
$ |
37,831 |
|
|
$ |
257,745 |
|
|
$ |
296,202 |
|
|
$ |
323,794 |
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
143,118 |
|
|
|
117,206 |
|
|
|
|
25,147 |
|
|
|
171,083 |
|
|
|
195,014 |
|
|
|
208,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
78,321 |
|
|
|
63,109 |
|
|
|
|
12,684 |
|
|
|
86,662 |
|
|
|
101,188 |
|
|
|
115,750 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
64,081 |
|
|
|
48,308 |
|
|
|
|
13,581 |
|
|
|
73,400 |
|
|
|
90,763 |
|
|
|
99,310 |
|
Store pre-opening/closing expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
743 |
|
|
|
1,765 |
|
Amortization of deferred compensation
(1)
|
|
|
458 |
|
|
|
6,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
64,539 |
|
|
|
54,463 |
|
|
|
|
13,674 |
|
|
|
74,000 |
|
|
|
91,506 |
|
|
|
101,075 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
13,782 |
|
|
|
8,646 |
|
|
|
|
(990 |
) |
|
|
12,662 |
|
|
|
9,682 |
|
|
|
14,675 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,825 |
) |
|
|
(5,206 |
) |
|
|
|
(2,210 |
) |
|
|
(11,157 |
) |
|
|
(11,241 |
) |
|
|
(11,744 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
597 |
|
|
|
331 |
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
1,031 |
|
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
354 |
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
(581 |
) |
|
|
(844 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt
extinguishment(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,047 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
8,004 |
|
|
|
(2,755 |
) |
|
|
|
(3,179 |
) |
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
(333 |
) |
|
|
3,358 |
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
(251 |
) |
|
|
(709 |
) |
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
(645 |
) |
|
|
(4,423 |
) |
|
|
(400 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continued operations
|
|
|
7,753 |
|
|
|
(3,464 |
) |
|
|
|
(2,546 |
) |
|
|
1,064 |
|
|
|
(4,756 |
) |
|
|
2,958 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(590 |
) |
|
|
(230 |
) |
|
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before extraordinary items
|
|
|
7,163 |
|
|
|
(3,694 |
) |
|
|
|
(2,586 |
) |
|
|
1,064 |
|
|
|
(4,756 |
) |
|
|
2,958 |
|
Extraordinary
items(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
7,163 |
|
|
$ |
(1,672 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(2,586 |
) |
|
$ |
1,064 |
|
|
$ |
(4,756 |
) |
|
$ |
2,958 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
(0.17 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
|
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in basic
income (loss) per share calculation
|
|
|
10,000,000 |
|
|
|
10,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20,917,199 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
(0.17 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(0.12 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in diluted
income (loss) per share calculation
|
|
|
10,589,442 |
|
|
|
10,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20,917,199 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,668,785 |
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit as a percentage of sales
|
|
|
35.4 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
33.6 |
% |
|
|
34.2 |
% |
|
|
35.7 |
% |
Store Data (not in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable store sales
increase(4)
|
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
Number of stores at period end
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
Gross square feet at period end
|
|
|
581,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
596,206 |
|
|
|
759,981 |
|
|
|
849,677 |
|
|
|
905,827 |
|
Net sales per selling square foot for stores open at beginning
and end of
period(5)
|
|
$ |
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
271 |
|
|
$ |
302 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
353 |
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor | |
|
|
Successor | |
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Period from | |
|
|
Period from | |
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
December 30, | |
|
|
October 16, | |
|
Fiscal Year Ended | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
2001 through | |
|
|
2001 through | |
|
| |
|
|
December 29, | |
|
October 15, | |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
33,735 |
|
|
$ |
3,788 |
|
|
|
$ |
6,950 |
|
|
$ |
1,051 |
|
|
$ |
8,575 |
|
|
$ |
4,207 |
|
Inventories
|
|
|
33,776 |
|
|
|
33,152 |
|
|
|
|
32,352 |
|
|
|
51,213 |
|
|
|
54,198 |
|
|
|
71,472 |
|
Working
capital(6)
|
|
|
47,152 |
|
|
|
18,753 |
|
|
|
|
16,946 |
|
|
|
18,329 |
|
|
|
20,309 |
|
|
|
22,800 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
105,686 |
|
|
|
153,135 |
|
|
|
|
155,548 |
|
|
|
177,449 |
|
|
|
186,929 |
|
|
|
204,836 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
33,720 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
|
75,380 |
|
|
|
77,483 |
|
|
|
79,808 |
|
|
|
82,450 |
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
32,519 |
|
|
|
56,011 |
|
|
|
|
53,473 |
|
|
|
58,976 |
|
|
|
54,313 |
|
|
|
57,127 |
|
|
|
(1) |
During fiscal 2000, the predecessor companys board of
directors authorized Golfsmith to reprice stock options granted
to employees and officers with exercise prices in excess of the
then-current fair market value. Options to purchase a total of
1,716,780 shares of common stock were repriced. Golfsmith
recorded deferred compensation of $4.1 million related to
the repriced options during the period from December 30,
2001 through October 15, 2002. The deferred charge was
being amortized over the average remaining life of the repriced
options. For the period from December 30, 2001 through
October 15, 2002, Golfsmith amortized $6.0 million
(including all remaining amounts as of the merger date) to
compensation expense related to these repriced options. There
was no remaining deferred compensation relating to these
repriced options subsequent to October 15, 2002 as all
remaining historical Golfsmith options vested and were either
canceled in exchange for the right to receive cash or
surrendered in exchange for stock units as part of the merger
transaction. |
(2) |
On October 15, 2002, immediately prior to the merger with
Golfsmith Holdings, Golfsmith repaid existing subordinated notes
held by a third party lender. During the period from
December 30, 2001 through October 15, 2002, Golfsmith
recorded a loss on this extinguishment of senior subordinated
debt of $8.0 million. |
(3) |
Immediately prior to the merger in October 2002, Golfsmith
repurchased a minority interest held by a third party. Golfsmith
repurchased the minority interest which had a carrying value of
$13.1 million for cash consideration of $9.0 million
resulting in a $2.1 million write down of long term assets
associated with the minority interest and negative goodwill of
$2.0 million. In accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 141, Business
Combinations, the negative goodwill is recorded in the
period from December 30, 2001 through October 15,
2002, as an extraordinary item in the consolidated statement of
operations. The extraordinary item is recorded without a tax
effect due to Golfsmiths election to be treated as a
Subchapter S corporation during the predecessor period. |
(4) |
We consider sales by a new store to be comparable commencing in
the fourteenth month after the store was opened or acquired. We
consider sales by a relocated store to be comparable if the
relocated store is expected to serve a comparable customer base
and there is not more than a
30-day period during
which neither the original store nor the relocated store is
closed for business. We consider sales by stores with modified
layouts to be comparable. We consider sales by stores that are
closed to be comparable in the period leading up to closure if
they met the qualifications of a comparable store and do not
meet the qualifications to be classified as discontinued
operations under SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Comparable store results for a
53-week fiscal year are
presented on a 52/52 week basis by omitting the last week
of the 53-week period.
Comparable store sales are reported for a combined fiscal
2002 predecessor period from December 30, 2001
through October 15, 2002 plus successor period from
October 16, 2002 through December 28, 2002
compared predecessor fiscal 2001 and are not reported for the
interim periods. |
(5) |
Calculated using net sales of all stores open at both the
beginning and the end of the period and the selling square
footage for such stores. Selling square feet includes all retail
space including but not limited to hitting areas, putting greens
and check-out areas. It does not include back-room and receiving
space, management offices, employee breakrooms, restrooms,
vacant space or area occupied by GolfTEC Learning Centers. |
(6) |
Defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities. |
25
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with Selected Consolidated Financial
Data and our consolidated financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are the nations largest specialty retailer of golf
equipment, apparel and accessories based on sales. We operate as
an integrated multi-channel retailer, offering our guests the
convenience of shopping in our 52 stores across the nation
and through our
direct-to-consumer
channel, consisting of our leading Internet site,
www.golfsmith.com, and our comprehensive catalogs.
We were founded in 1967 as a clubmaking company offering
custom-made clubs, clubmaking components and club repair
services. In 1972, we opened our first retail store, and in
1975, we mailed our first general golf products catalog. Over
the next 25 years, we continued to expand our product
offerings, opened larger retail stores and added to our catalog
titles. In 1997, we launched our Internet site to further expand
our direct-to-consumer
business. In October 2002, Atlantic Equity Partners III,
L.P., an investment fund managed by First Atlantic Capital,
Ltd., acquired us from our original founders, Carl, Barbara and
Franklin Paul. We accounted for this acquisition under the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations. In
accordance with the purchase method of accounting, in connection
with the transaction, we allocated the excess purchase price
over the fair value of our net assets between a
write-up of certain of
our assets, which reflect an adjustment to the fair value of
these assets, and goodwill. The assets that have had their fair
values adjusted included inventory, property and equipment and
certain intangible assets.
Since our acquisition, we have accelerated our growth plan by
opening additional stores in new and existing markets. We opened
six new stores during fiscal 2005, eight new stores during
fiscal 2004 and 12 new stores during fiscal 2003, including
six stores from the acquisition of Don Sherwood Golf &
Tennis in July 2003. We plan to open between 10 and
12 stores in 2006 and between 14 and 16 stores in 2007.
Based on our past experience, opening a new store within our
core 15,000 to 20,000 square foot format requires
approximately $750,000 for capital expenditures, $150,000 for
pre-opening expenses and $875,000 for inventory depending on the
level of work required at the site and the time of year that it
is opened. Our store model has produced favorable results,
including positive store-level cash flow in the first full year
of operations in most of our stores.
In 2005, we generated revenues of $323.8 million, operating
income of $14.7 million and net income of
$3.0 million. In 2004, we generated revenues of
$296.2 million, operating income of $9.7 million, and
had a net loss of $4.8 million. Our net loss in 2004
resulted primarily from lower operating income as a percentage
of revenues due to increased selling, general and administrative
expenses from the opening of new stores, and also from the
recording of a full valuation allowance against our net deferred
tax assets of $4.3 million. In 2003, we generated revenues
of $257.8 million, operating income of $12.7 million and
net income of $1.1 million. Our gross margin was 33.6% in
2003, 34.2% in 2004 and 35.7% in 2005. Our operating margin was
4.9% in 2003, 3.3% in 2004 and 4.5% in 2005.
Sales of our products are affected by increases and decreases in
participation rates. Over the last 35 years, the golf
industry has realized significant growth in both participation
and popularity. According to the National Golf Foundation, the
number of rounds played in the United States grew from
266.0 million in 1970 to a peak of 518.4 million
rounds played in 2000. More recently, however, there has been a
slight decline in the number of rounds of golf played from the
peak in 2000 to 499.6 million rounds in 2005, according to
the National Golf Foundation. The number of rounds of golf
played and, in turn, the amount of golf-related expenditures can
be attributed to a variety of factors affecting recreational
activities including the state of the nations economy,
weather conditions and discretionary spending. As a result of
26
the factors described above, the golf retail industry is
expected to remain stable or grow slightly. Therefore, we expect
that retail growth for any particular company will result
primarily from market share gains.
According to industry sources, the golf retail industry is
highly fragmented with no single golf retailer accounting for
more than 6% of sales nationally in 2005. We expect that market
share gains in the future will lead to the industry being
dominated by a small number of large competitors. In light of
our nationally-recognized brand and our leading national
position based on sales, we believe that this anticipated
development presents us with a significant opportunity for
growth. We are in the early stages of our store expansion and,
in meeting this opportunity, we will need to implement our
strategy of rapidly opening additional stores in new and
existing markets. Among other things, this will require us to
identify suitable locations for such stores at the same time as
our competitors are doing the same and successfully negotiate
leases and build-out or refurbish sites on a timely and
cost-effective basis. In addition, we will need to expand and
compete effectively in the direct-to-consumer channel and
continue to develop our proprietary brands. To the extent that
golf continues to enjoy its current popularity or grows and we
are able to compete effectively against new and existing
competitors, we believe that we are well positioned to capture
additional market share.
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31
and generally consists of 52 weeks, although occasionally
our fiscal year will consist of 53 weeks, as it did in
fiscal 2003. Fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 each consisted of
52 weeks. Each quarter of each fiscal year generally
consists of 13 weeks.
On July 24, 2003, we acquired all of the issued and
outstanding shares of Don Sherwood Golf & Tennis for a
total purchase price of $9.2 million, including related
acquisition costs of $0.4 million. We acquired all six Don
Sherwood retail stores as part of this acquisition. The
operations of these stores are included in our statements of
operations and cash flows as of July 25, 2003.
The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, including property and
equipment, inventory and identifiable intangible assets, based
on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. This
allocation resulted in goodwill of $6.3 million. Goodwill
is assigned at the reporting unit level and is not deductible
for income tax purposes.
|
|
|
Revenue Trends and Drivers |
Revenue channels. We generate substantially all of our
revenues from sales of golf and tennis products in our retail
stores, through our
direct-to-consumer
distribution channels, from international distributors and from
the Harvey Penick Golf Academy. The following table provides
information about the breakdown of our revenues for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2003 | |
|
Fiscal 2004 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
$ | |
|
% | |
|
$ | |
|
% | |
|
$ | |
|
% | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Stores
|
|
$ |
162,073 |
|
|
|
62.9 |
% |
|
$ |
204,498 |
|
|
|
69.0 |
% |
|
$ |
234,261 |
|
|
|
72.3 |
% |
Direct-to-consumer
|
|
|
89,021 |
|
|
|
34.5 |
|
|
|
84,372 |
|
|
|
28.5 |
|
|
|
83,040 |
|
|
|
25.7 |
|
International distributors and other
(1)
|
|
|
6,651 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
7,332 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
6,493 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Consists of (a) sales made through our international
distributors and our distribution and fulfillment center near
London, (b) revenues from the Harvey Penick Golf Academy,
and (c) our initial recognition in fiscal 2005 of gift card
breakage, as described below. |
27
Our revenues have grown consistently in recent years, driven by
the expansion of our store base. The percentage of total sales
from our
direct-to-consumer
channel has decreased due to the increase in our store base and
store revenues during the periods indicated. The decrease in
direct-to-consumer
channel revenues was primarily due to planned reductions in
catalog circulation that resulted in increased
direct-to-consumer
channel profitability.
Store revenues. Changes in revenues that we generate from
our stores are driven primarily by the number of stores in
operation and changes in comparable store sales. We consider
sales by a new store to be comparable commencing in the
fourteenth month after the store was opened or acquired. We
consider sales by a relocated store to be comparable if the
relocated store is expected to serve a comparable customer base
and there is not more than a
30-day period during
which neither the original store nor the relocated store is
closed for business. We consider sales by retail stores with
modified layouts to be comparable. We consider sales by stores
that are closed to be comparable in the period leading up to
closure if they meet the qualifications of a comparable store
and do not meet the qualifications to be classified as
discontinued operations under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.
Branded compared to proprietary products. The majority of
our sales are from premier branded golf equipment, apparel and
accessories from leading manufacturers, including
Callaway®,
Cobra®,
FootJoy®,
Nike®,
Ping®,
TaylorMade®
and
Titleist®.
In addition, we sell our own proprietary branded equipment,
components, apparel and accessories under the
Golfsmith®,
Killer
Bee®,
Lynx®,
Snake
Eyes®,
Zevo®,
ASItm,
GearForGolftm,
GiftsForGolftm
and other product lines. Sales of our proprietary branded
products accounted for 15.7% of our net revenues in 2005, for
18.0% of our net revenues in 2004 and 17.5% of our net revenues
in 2003. These proprietary branded products are sold through
both of our channels and generally generate higher gross profit
margins than non-proprietary branded products.
Seasonality. Our business is seasonal, and our sales
leading up to and during the warm weather golf season and the
Christmas holiday gift-giving season have historically
contributed a higher percentage of our annual net revenues and
annual net operating income than other periods in our fiscal
year. During fiscal 2005, the fiscal months of March through
September and December, which together comprised 36 weeks
of our 52-week fiscal
year, contributed over three-quarters of our annual net revenues
and substantially all of our annual operating income. See
Quarterly Results of Operations and
Seasonality.
We recognize revenue from retail sales at the time the customer
takes possession of the merchandise and purchases are paid for,
primarily with either cash or by credit card. We recognize
revenues from catalog and Internet sales upon shipment of
merchandise. The Company also operates the Harvey Penick Golf
Academy, an instructional school incorporating the techniques of
the well-known golf instructor, the late Harvey Penick. We
recognize revenues from the Harvey Penick Golf Academy at the
time the services, the golf lessons, are performed.
We recognize revenue from gift cards when (1) the gift card
is redeemed by the customer or (2) the likelihood of the
gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (gift card
breakage), and we determine that there is no legal obligation to
remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to the relevant
jurisdictions. Gift card breakage is based on the redemption
recognition method. Estimated breakage is calculated and
recognized as revenue over a
48-month period
following the gift card sale, in amounts based on the historical
redemption patterns of used gift cards. During fiscal 2005, we
concluded that we had accumulated sufficient historical gift
card information to accurately calculate estimated breakage.
Amounts in excess of the total estimated breakage, if any, will
be recognized as revenue at the end of the 48 months following
the gift card sale, at which time we deem the likelihood of any
further redemptions to be remote, and provided that such amounts
are not required to be remitted to the relevant jurisdictions.
Gift card breakage income is included in net revenue in the
consolidated statements of
28
operations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we
recognized $0.9 million in net revenues related to the
initial recognition of gift card breakage.
For all merchandise sales, we reserve for sales returns in the
period of sale using estimates based on our historical
experience.
We capitalize inbound freight and vendor discounts into
inventory upon receipt of inventory. These costs are then
subsequently included in cost of goods sold upon the sale of
that inventory. Because some retailers exclude these costs from
cost of goods sold and instead include them in a line item such
as selling and administrative expenses, our gross margins may
not be comparable to those of these other retailers. Salary and
facility expenses, such as depreciation and amortization,
associated with our distribution and fulfillment center in
Austin, Texas are included in cost of goods sold. Income
received from our vendors through our co-operative advertising
program that does not pertain to incremental direct advertising
costs is recorded as a reduction to cost of goods sold when the
related merchandise is sold.
Selling, general and administrative. Our selling, general
and administrative expenses consist of all expenses associated
with general operations for our stores and general operations
for corporate and international expenses. This includes salary
expenses, occupancy expenses, including rent and common area
maintenance, advertising expenses and direct expenses, such as
supplies for all retail and corporate facilities. A portion of
our occupancy expenses are offset through our subleases with
GolfTEC Learning Centers. Additionally, income received through
our co-operative advertising program for reimbursement of
incremental direct advertising costs is treated as a reduction
to our selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses also include the fees and
other expenses we pay for services rendered to us pursuant to
the management consulting agreement between us and First
Atlantic Capital. Under this agreement, we paid First Atlantic
Capital fees and related expenses totaling $0.7 million in
fiscal 2005, $0.6 million in fiscal 2004 and
$0.8 million in fiscal 2003. We and First Atlantic Capital
intend to terminate the management consulting agreement upon the
closing of this offering and we expect to pay a final
$3.0 million termination fee to First Atlantic Capital,
which will be expensed at such time.
Store pre-opening expenses. Our store pre-opening
expenses consist of costs associated with the opening of a new
store and include costs of hiring and training personnel,
supplies and certain occupancy and miscellaneous costs. Rent
expense recorded after possession of the leased property but
prior to the opening of a new retail store is recorded as store
pre-opening expenses.
Interest expense. Our interest expenses consist of costs
related to our 8.375% senior secured notes and our senior
secured credit facility.
Interest income. Our interest income consists of amounts
earned from our cash balances held in short-term money market
accounts.
Other income. Other income consists primarily of income
from the sale of rights to certain intellectual property.
Other expense. Other expense consists primarily of
exchange rate variances.
Taxes. Our income taxes consist of federal, state and
foreign taxes, based on the effective rate for the fiscal year.
Extinguishment of debt. We expect to use the proceeds
from this offering to retire all of our outstanding 8.375%
senior secured notes due in 2009. We estimate that we will
record a $12.0 million loss related to the extinguishment
of this long-term debt.
29
Critical Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in
Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements.
Certain of our accounting policies are particularly important to
the portrayal of our financial position and results of
operations. In applying these critical accounting policies, our
management uses its judgment to determine the appropriate
assumptions to be used in making certain estimates. Those
estimates are based on our historical experience, the terms of
existing contracts, our observance of trends in the industry,
information provided by our customers and information available
from other outside sources, as appropriate. These estimates are
subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty.
Inventory value is presented as a current asset on our balance
sheet and is a component of cost of goods sold in our statement
of operations. It therefore has a significant impact on the
amount of net income or loss reported in any period. Merchandise
inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
the sum of expenditures, both direct and indirect, incurred to
bring inventory to its existing condition and location. Cost is
determined using the weighted average method. We write down
inventory value for damaged, obsolete, excess and slow-moving
inventory and for inventory shrinkage due to anticipated
book-to-physical
adjustments. Based on our historical results, using various
methods of disposition, we estimate the price at which we expect
to sell this inventory to determine the potential loss if those
items are later sold below cost. The carrying value for
inventories that are not expected to be sold at or above costs
are then written down. A significant adjustment in these
estimates or in actual sales may have a material adverse impact
on our net income. Write-downs for inventory shrinkage are
booked on a monthly basis at 0.2% to 1.0% of net revenues
depending on the distribution channel
(direct-to-consumer
channel or retail channel) in which the sales occur. Inventory
shrinkage expense recorded in the statements of operations was
0.65% of net revenues in fiscal 2005, 0.75% of net revenues in
2004 and 0.66% of net revenues in fiscal 2003. Inventory
shrinkage expense recorded is a result of physical inventory
counts made during these respective periods and write-down
amounts recorded for periods outside of the physical inventory
count dates. These write-down amounts are based on
managements estimates of shrinkage expense using
historical experience.
|
|
|
Long-lived Assets, Including Goodwill and Identifiable
Intangible Assets |
We account for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets
in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, which requires long-lived
assets, such as property and equipment, to be evaluated for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An
impairment loss is recognized when estimated future undiscounted
cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net
proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are
less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment
loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced
to its estimated fair value. Based on our analyses, included in
selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2005 is
a $1.5 million non-cash loss on the write-off of property
and equipment. The losses were primarily due to the remodeling
of stores and the modification of one store to a smaller store
layout, all of which resulted in certain assets having little or
no future economic value. In fiscal 2004, a $0.5 million
non-cash loss on the write-off of property and equipment is
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. The
loss was due to store relocations, which resulted in certain
assets having little or no future economic value. We did not
record any impairment losses in fiscal 2003.
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair
value of net assets acquired, or net liabilities assumed, in a
business combination. In accordance with SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we assess the
carrying value of our goodwill for indications of impairment
annually, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill or
intangible asset may be impaired. The goodwill impairment test
is a two-step process. The first step of the impairment analysis
compares the fair value of the company or reporting unit to the
net book value of the company or reporting unit. We allocate
goodwill to one enterprise-level reporting unit for impairment
30
testing. In determining fair value, we utilize a blended
approach and calculate fair value based on discounted cash flow
analysis and revenues and earnings multiples based on industry
comparables. Step two of the analysis compares the implied fair
value of goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount
of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss
is recognized equal to that excess. We perform our annual test
for goodwill impairment on the first day of the fourth fiscal
quarter of each year.
We test for possible impairment of intangible assets whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of the asset is not recoverable based on
managements projections of estimated future discounted
cash flows and other valuation methodologies. Factors that are
considered by management in performing this assessment include,
but are not limited to, our performance relative to our
projected or historical results, our intended use of the assets
and our strategy for our overall business, as well as industry
and economic trends. In the event that the book value of
intangibles is determined to be impaired, such impairments are
measured using a combination of a discounted cash flow
valuation, with a discount rate determined to be commensurate
with the risk inherent in our current business model, and other
valuation methodologies. To the extent these future projections
or our strategies change, our estimates regarding impairment may
differ from our current estimates.
Based on our analyses, no impairment of goodwill or identifiable
intangible assets was recorded in fiscal 2005, fiscal 2004 or
fiscal 2003.
We reserve for product returns based on estimates of future
sales returns related to our current period sales. We analyze
historical returns, current economic trends, current returns
policies and changes in customer acceptance of our products when
evaluating the adequacy of the reserve for sales returns. Any
significant increase in merchandise returns that exceeds our
estimates could adversely affect our operating results. In
addition, we may be subject to risks associated with defective
products, including product liability. Our current and future
products may contain defects, which could subject us to higher
defective product returns, product liability claims and product
recalls. Because our allowances are based on historical return
rates, we cannot assure you that the introduction of new
merchandise in our stores or catalogs, the opening of new
stores, the introduction of new catalogs, increased sales over
the Internet, changes in the merchandise mix or other factors
will not cause actual returns to exceed return allowances. We
book reserves on a monthly basis at 1.8% to 10.8% of net
revenues depending on the distribution channel in which the
sales occur. We routinely compare actual experience to current
reserves and make any necessary adjustments.
When we decide to close a store and meet the applicable
accounting guidance criteria, we recognize an expense related to
the future net lease obligation and other expenses directly
related to the discontinuance of operations in accordance with
SFAS No. 146, Accounting For Costs Associated With
Exit or Disposal Activities. These charges require us to
make judgments about exit costs to be incurred for employee
severance, lease terminations, inventory to be disposed of, and
other liabilities. The ability to obtain agreements with
lessors, to terminate leases or to assign leases to third
parties can materially affect the accuracy of these estimates.
We closed two stores during fiscal 2005 due to the expiration of
lease terms. There were no expenses associated with either
closed store recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 146.
In both instances, we subsequently opened a new store in fiscal
2005 to serve the same customer base of the closed stores. We
did not close any stores in fiscal 2004 or fiscal 2003. We do
not currently have any plans to close any additional stores,
although we regularly evaluate our stores and the necessity to
record expenses under SFAS No. 146.
31
We lease stores under operating leases. Store lease agreements
often include rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and
contingent rent provisions for percentage of sales in excess of
specified levels. Most of our lease agreements include renewal
periods at our option. We recognize rent holiday periods and
scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease
term beginning with the date we take possession of the leased
space. We record tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays
as deferred rent liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets
and amortize the deferred rent over the term of the lease to
rent expense on our consolidated statements of operations. We
record rent liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets for
contingent percentage of sales lease provisions when we
determine that it is probable that the specified levels will be
reached during the fiscal year. We record direct costs incurred
to affect a lease in other long-term assets and amortize these
costs on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning
with the date we take possession of the leased space.
A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the
expected future consequences resulting from temporary
differences in the financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities. As of December 31, 2005, we recorded a
full valuation allowance against accumulated net deferred tax
assets of $4.5 million due to the uncertainties regarding
the realization of deferred tax assets. If we generate taxable
income in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on
which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change,
thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax
assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the
amount of valuation allowance no longer required. Reversal of
all or a part of this valuation allowance could have a
significant positive impact on our net income in the period that
it becomes more likely than not that certain of our deferred tax
assets will be realized.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements
of operations data for each of the periods indicated expressed
as a percentage of total revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2003 | |
|
Fiscal 2004 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
66.4 |
|
|
|
65.8 |
|
|
|
64.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
33.6 |
|
|
|
34.2 |
|
|
|
35.7 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
28.5 |
|
|
|
30.6 |
|
|
|
30.7 |
|
Store pre-opening/closing expenses
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
28.7 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.8 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
n/m |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
n/m |
|
|
|
n/m |
|
|
|
n/m |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
n/m |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n/m Not meaningful.
32
|
|
|
Comparison of Fiscal 2005 to Fiscal 2004 |
Net revenues. Net revenues increased by
$27.6 million, or 9.3%, to $323.8 million in fiscal
2005 from $296.2 million in fiscal 2004. The majority of
this increase was comprised of a $24.7 million increase in
non-comparable store revenues and an increase in comparable
store revenues of $5.0 million, or 2.5%. These increases
were partially offset by a decrease in
direct-to-consumer
channel revenues of $1.4 million, or 1.7%, and a decrease
in international revenues of $1.7 million, or 25.5%.
Growth in comparable store net revenues from fiscal 2004 to
fiscal 2005 was driven by comparable store revenue increases of
6.2% in the third quarter and 13.5% in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2005. We believe this growth was positively affected by
improvements in our product return rate, improved holiday season
sales related to increased consumer confidence and continued
positive effects of executing our business strategy. We also
believe that comparable store revenues were negatively impacted
by increased competition in select markets. In comparison,
comparable store revenues for fiscal 2004 increased by
$1.0 million compared to fiscal 2003, or 0.7%.
Non-comparable store net revenues primarily comprise revenues
from seven stores that were opened after January 1, 2005
and five stores that became comparable during fiscal 2005, but
which contributed $4.2 million in non-comparable store net
revenues during fiscal 2005.
The decrease in
direct-to-consumer
channel revenues was primarily due to planned reductions in
catalog circulation that resulted in increased
direct-to-consumer
channel profitability. The decrease in international net
revenues was primarily due to the sale of the rights to a
trademark in fiscal 2004. Sales of products using this trademark
contributed approximately one-third of international net
revenues during fiscal 2004, but did not contribute any
international net revenues during fiscal 2005.
Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we
recognized $0.9 million of income related to gift card
breakage. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 was the first period
in which sufficient information was available for us to analyze
historical redemption patterns and was the first period in which
we recognized such income related to gift cards sold since the
inception of the gift card program.
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by
$14.6 million, or 14.4%, to $115.8 million in fiscal
2005 from $101.2 million in fiscal 2004. Increased net
revenues for fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004 led to higher
gross profit for fiscal 2005. Gross profit was 35.7% of net
revenues in fiscal 2005 compared to 34.2% of net revenues in
fiscal 2004. The increase in gross profit was due to increases
in vendor allowances of $1.7 million, the recognition of
$0.9 million of revenues related to gift card breakage and
the realization of economies of scale due to continued retail
store growth that allowed us to purchase products in higher
volumes and with more favorable pricing. These favorable impacts
on gross profits were partially offset by increased distribution
costs related to our receiving and shipping our products of
$1.2 million, mainly related to promotional shipping terms
offered to our guests during fiscal 2005.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by $8.5 million, or 9.4%,
to $99.3 million in fiscal 2005 from $90.8 million in
fiscal 2004. Selling, general and administrative expenses were
30.7% of net revenues in fiscal 2005 compared to 30.6% of net
revenues in fiscal 2004. This increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses resulted from an increase of $1.7
million related to comparable stores and $7.8 million
related to non-comparable retail stores, offset by a decrease of
$1.0 million related to our consumer direct channel,
corporate and international operations.
The increase in comparable retail store expenses of
$l.7 million was largely driven by increases in variable
expenses, including increases in advertising expenses of
$0.8 million and increases in general store operating
expenses of $0.8 million. The increase in non-comparable
retail store expenses of $7.8 million was mainly related to
the opening of seven new stores during fiscal 2005 and was
comprised of $3.2 million in fixed expenses including
occupancy and depreciation costs, and $4.6 million in
variable expenses consisting mainly of payroll and advertising
expenses. The decrease of $1.0 million related to our
consumer direct channel, corporate and international operations
was primarily related to decreases in general corporate
professional service fees and reduced advertising expenses.
Although expense for professional fees decreased in 2005, going
forward we expect legal, accounting and other expenses to
increase as a result of becoming as a public company.
33
Store pre-opening expenses. Store pre-opening expenses
increased by $1.0 million, or 137.4%, to $1.8 million
in fiscal 2005 from $0.7 million in fiscal 2004. This
increase resulted from opening six new retail locations and two
relocated retail locations in fiscal 2005 compared to eight new
retail locations in fiscal 2004. This increase was largely due
to increased costs associated with the date of possession of the
leased space and store opening dates.
Interest expense. Interest expense increased by
$0.5 million, or 4.5%, to $11.7 million in fiscal 2005
from $11.2 million in fiscal 2004 as a result of higher
average outstanding balances under our existing senior secured
credit facility and increases in the accreted value of our
senior secured notes.
Interest income. Interest income increased by $9,000, or
14.6% to $73,000 in fiscal 2005 from $64,000 in fiscal 2004.
Other income. Other income decreased by
$0.7 million, or 60.1%, to $0.5 million in fiscal 2005
from $1.2 million in fiscal 2004. In fiscal 2004, we sold
the rights to certain intellectual property for gross proceeds
of $2.1 million, resulting in a $1.1 million gain. In
fiscal 2005, we sold the rights to certain intellectual property
for gross proceeds of $0.7 million, resulting in a
$0.3 million gain.
Other expense. Other expense increased by $100,000 to
$116,000 in fiscal 2005 from $17,000 in fiscal 2004. The
increase resulted from foreign exchange losses.
Taxes. Income tax expense decreased by $4.0 million
to $0.4 million in fiscal 2005 from $4.4 million in
fiscal 2004. The primary reason for the decrease in income tax
expense was the initial recording of a full valuation allowance
in fiscal 2004. In addition,
non-U.S. taxes
represented $0.2 million in income tax expense in fiscal
2005.
|
|
|
Comparison of Fiscal 2004 to Fiscal 2003 |
Net revenues. Net revenues increased by
$38.5 million, or 14.9%, to $296.2 million in fiscal
2004 from $257.7 million in fiscal 2003. This increase
consisted primarily of a $41.5 million increase in
non-comparable store revenues and a $1.0 million increase,
or 0.7%, in comparable store revenues. These increases were
offset by a $4.7 million decrease, or 5.2%, in
direct-to-consumer
channel revenues. Non-comparable store revenues in fiscal 2004
included revenues from eight additional stores that were opened
during fiscal 2004 and 10 stores that became comparable during
fiscal 2004 but which contributed $27.0 million in
non-comparable store revenues in fiscal 2004 before they became
comparable. In addition, international revenues increased
$0.7 million, or 12.8%, from the year ended January 3,
2004 to the year ended January 1, 2005.
We believe the lack of significant growth in comparable store
revenues in fiscal 2004 was influenced by the 0.1% decrease in
the number of golf rounds played in the United States during the
2004 calendar year compared to the corresponding period in 2003,
as reported by Golf Datatech. The decrease in
direct-to-consumer
channel revenues resulted primarily from a decrease in catalog
circulation and increased competition.
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by
$14.5 million, or 16.7%, to $101.2 million in fiscal
2004 from $86.7 million in fiscal 2003. Increased net
revenues for fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 led to higher
gross profit for fiscal 2004. Gross profit was 34.2% of net
revenues in fiscal 2004 compared to 33.6% of net revenues in
fiscal 2003. The increase in gross profit was due to the
realization of economies of scale due to continued retail store
growth, which allowed us to purchase products in higher volumes
with more favorable pricing. These favorable impacts on gross
profit were partially offset by increased distribution costs
related to receiving and shipping of our products of
$1.4 million.
Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased by $17.4 million, or
23.7%, to $90.8 million in fiscal 2004 from
$73.4 million in fiscal 2003. This increase resulted from
an increase of $13.0 million in expenses related to eight
new stores opened in 2004 as well as the full year impact of 12
stores opened or acquired during 2003 and an increase of
$4.4 million for corporate and international expenses. The
increase of $13.0 million in expenses related to the
non-comparable stores noted above was comprised of
$5.3 million of fixed expenses including occupancy and
depreciation costs, and $7.7 million in variable expenses
consisting mainly of payroll and advertising expenses. The
increase of $4.4 million related to our consumer direct,
corporate and international
34
operations was related mainly to increases in payroll expenses
of $2.3 million and to increases in professional service
fees of $1.7 million related to general corporate matters
during our first full year as a reporting company.
Store pre-opening expenses. Store pre-opening expenses
increased by $0.1 million, or 24%, to $0.7 million in
fiscal 2004 from $0.6 million in fiscal 2003. This increase
resulted from the opening of eight new retail locations in
fiscal 2004 compared to six new retail locations in fiscal 2003.
Interest expense. Interest expense remained the same at
$11.2 million for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003. Interest
expense consisted of interest payable on our 8.375% senior
secured notes and our senior secured credit facility.
Interest income. Interest income increased by $24,000, or
60.7%, to $64,000 in fiscal 2004 from $40,000 in fiscal 2003.
Other income. Other income increased $1.0 million to
$1.2 million in fiscal 2004 from $0.2 million in
fiscal 2003. This increase resulted primarily from the sale of
rights to certain intellectual property in fiscal 2004 for gross
proceeds of $2.1 million, resulting in a $1.1 million
gain.
Other expense. The change in other expense was not
material from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004.
Taxes. Income tax expense increased by $3.8 million
to $4.4 million on a pre-tax loss of $0.3 million in
fiscal 2004 from $0.6 million on pre-tax income of
$1.7 million in fiscal 2003. The primary reason for the
income tax expense in fiscal 2004 was the recording of a
valuation allowance equal to our net deferred tax assets of
$4.3 million due to uncertainties regarding whether these
assets will be realized in future periods in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. In
addition,
non-U.S. taxes
payable and state taxes represented $0.1 million in income
tax expense for fiscal 2004.
Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and
operating data in each fiscal quarter during fiscal 2003, fiscal
2004 and fiscal 2005. The unaudited quarterly information
includes all normal recurring adjustments that we consider
necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown. This
information should be read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2003 | |
|
Fiscal 2004 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Q1 | |
|
Q2 | |
|
Q3 | |
|
Q4 | |
|
Q1 | |
|
Q2 | |
|
Q3 | |
|
Q4 | |
|
Q1 | |
|
Q2 | |
|
Q3 | |
|
Q4 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands, except share per share data and comparable store sales growth) | |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
45,830 |
|
|
$ |
79,256 |
|
|
$ |
71,141 |
|
|
$ |
61,518 |
|
|
$ |
65,782 |
|
|
$ |
96,944 |
|
|
$ |
73,896 |
|
|
$ |
59,581 |
|
|
$ |
63,958 |
|
|
$ |
102,494 |
|
|
$ |
85,521 |
|
|
$ |
71,821 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
14,858 |
|
|
|
25,803 |
|
|
|
23,360 |
|
|
|
22,640 |
|
|
|
22,975 |
|
|
|
33,374 |
|
|
|
24,517 |
|
|
|
20,321 |
|
|
|
22,763 |
|
|
|
37,833 |
|
|
|
29,883 |
|
|
|
25,272 |
|
Operating income
|
|
|
599 |
|
|
|
6,460 |
|
|
|
4,362 |
|
|
|
1,241 |
|
|
|
2,478 |
|
|
|
6,417 |
|
|
|
2,581 |
|
|
|
(1,795 |
) |
|
|
846 |
|
|
|
8,982 |
|
|
|
4,105 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1,217 |
) |
|
|
2,221 |
|
|
|
1,012 |
|
|
|
(951 |
) |
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
2,265 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
(7,354 |
) |
|
|
(2,000 |
) |
|
|
6,002 |
|
|
|
1,211 |
|
|
|
(2,255 |
) |
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share
|
|
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.33 |
) |
|
|
(0.09 |
) |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
(0.10 |
) |
Comparable store sales growth
|
|
|
(2.2)% |
|
|
|
8.4% |
|
|
|
12.6% |
|
|
|
8.1% |
|
|
|
23.9% |
|
|
|
0.7% |
|
|
|
(7.9)% |
|
|
|
(4.9)% |
|
|
|
(8.1)% |
|
|
|
(0.5)% |
|
|
|
6.2% |
|
|
|
13.5% |
|
Net revenues as a percentage of full year results
|
|
|
17.8% |
|
|
|
30.7% |
|
|
|
27.6% |
|
|
|
23.9% |
|
|
|
22.2% |
|
|
|
32.7% |
|
|
|
24.9% |
|
|
|
20.2% |
|
|
|
19.7% |
|
|
|
31.6% |
|
|
|
26.4% |
|
|
|
22.3% |
|
As a result of the seasonal fluctuations in our business, we
experience a concentration of sales in the period leading up to
and during the warm weather golf season, as well as the
Christmas holiday gift-giving season. The increase in sales
during these periods have historically contributed a greater
percentage to our annual net revenues and annual net operating
income than other periods in our fiscal year. Our net revenues
have historically been highest during the second and third
quarters of each year, because of increased sales during the
warm weather golf season. Our net revenues tend to be the lowest
during the first quarter of each year.
Our results of operations are also subject to quarterly
variation due to factors other than seasonality. For example, we
believe that the introduction of our 90/90 Playability Guarantee
in the second quarter of 2003 may have positively impacted our
comparable store sales for the subsequent four
35
quarters and created challenging comparisons for the following
four quarters. In addition, the timing of the introduction of
product innovations can similarly impact our results of
operations.
We also incur significant costs associated with opening new
stores. The opening of new retail locations in one quarter and
none in another impacts our total quarterly operating expenses
and our quarterly net income.
Due to these and other factors results for any particular
quarter may not be indicative of results to be expected for any
other quarter or for a full fiscal year.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, we have financed our activities through cash flow from
operations, a private placement of debt securities (subsequently
exchanged for registered notes under the Securities Act of 1933)
and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. As of
the end of fiscal 2005, we had cash and cash equivalents of
$4.2 million, working capital of $22.8 million and
outstanding debt obligations of $82.5 million. We had
$12.0 million in borrowing availability under our existing
senior secured credit facility as of the end of fiscal 2005,
after giving effect to required reserves of $500,000. We plan to
terminate our existing senior secured credit facility and enter
into a new senior secured credit facility following the closing
of this offering.
Based on our current business plan, we believe that the net
proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash
balances and cash generated from operations, and borrowing
availability under our new senior secured credit facility, will
be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working
capital and capital expenditures for at least the next
12 months. If our estimates of revenues, expenses or
capital or liquidity requirements change or are inaccurate or if
cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our
liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or
arrange additional debt financing. In addition, we may seek to
sell additional equity or arrange debt financing to give us
financial flexibility to pursue attractive opportunities that
may arise in the future.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.7 million
in fiscal 2005, compared to $15.3 million in fiscal 2004.
The decrease of $7.6 million in fiscal 2005 was principally
due to an increase in cash used for inventories of
$14.3 million offset by an increase in net income of
$7.7 million in fiscal 2005. This increase in cash used for
inventories was primarily the result of an increase in the
number of retail stores, from 46 stores as of January 1,
2005 to 52 stores as of December 31, 2005, and the related
increase in inventory stock. Additionally, strategic initiatives
to optimize inventory levels in our retail locations, combined
with additive inventory for tennis products and apparel,
increased inventory levels and the cash requirements to fund the
increased inventory levels.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.3 million
in fiscal 2004, compared to $3.6 million in fiscal 2003.
The increase of $11.7 million was primarily due to cash
provided by operations of $11.2 million related to
inventory management. These changes in inventory levels in
fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 provided net cash of
$11.2 million. In addition, the increase in net cash
provided by operating activities from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004
was partially offset by a decrease in net income of
$5.9 million, from net income of $1.1 million in
fiscal 2003 to a net loss of $4.8 million in fiscal 2004,
net of non-cash adjustments (depreciation, amortization, loss on
write-off of property and equipment and gain on sale of assets)
of $8.2 million for fiscal 2003 and $8.3 million for
fiscal 2004. The change in net deferred tax assets resulting
from a valuation allowance increased cash provided by operating
activities by $4.2 million. Changes in other working
capital accounts reduced cash provided by operating activities
by $1.3 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $11.9 million for
fiscal 2005, compared to $6.5 million for fiscal 2004. Net
cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2005 was almost
entirely the result of capital expenditures for new and existing
stores. In fiscal 2005, capital expenditures were comprised of
36
$12.1 million for new and existing stores and
$0.6 million for infrastructure investments. Net cash used
in investing activities for fiscal 2004 of $6.5 million was
the result of $8.6 million in capital expenditures, offset
by proceeds of $2.1 million from the sale of assets. We
sold our trademarks for
Lynx®
in certain jurisdictions outside the United States in August
2004 for gross proceeds of $2.1 million. In fiscal 2004,
capital expenditures were comprised of $7.4 million for new
and existing stores and $1.2 million for infrastructure
investments.
Net cash used in investing activities was $15.3 million for
fiscal 2003 and was the result of capital expenditures of
$5.8 million, $0.9 million related to asset purchases,
and $8.6 million related to our acquisition of Don
Sherwood. In fiscal 2003, capital expenditures were comprised of
$5.2 million for new and existing stores and
$0.6 million for infrastructure investments.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2,000 for fiscal
2005, compared to $1.4 million for fiscal 2004. Net cash
used in financing activities for fiscal 2005 was not material
and consisted of proceeds and payments on our senior secured
credit facility.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.4 million for
fiscal 2004 and was comprised primarily of payments on our
senior secured credit facility of $1.4 million, net of
proceeds from borrowings.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.6 million
for fiscal 2003 and was comprised of proceeds from our senior
secured credit facility of $1.4 million, net of payments,
$4.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock
primarily related to the purchase of Don Sherwood
Golf & Tennis, offset by $0.1 million relating to
payments of debt issuance costs and notes payable.
Following this offering, we will have no outstanding
indebtedness and up to
$ million
of borrowing availability (subject to a borrowing base) under
our new senior secured credit facility described under
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Indebtedness Following this Offering.
On October 15, 2002, we completed a private placement of
$93.75 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of
our 8.375% senior secured notes due 2009 for gross proceeds
of $75.0 million. The covenants in the indenture governing
the notes restrict our ability to incur debt, make capital
expenditures, pay dividends or repurchase capital stock.
Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, we are
required by the indenture governing the notes to offer to
repurchase the maximum principal amount of notes that may be
purchased with 50% of our excess cash flow from our previous
fiscal year at a purchase price of 100% of the accreted value of
the notes to be purchased. The indenture governing the notes
defines excess cash flow as consolidated net income plus
interest, amortization and depreciation expense, income taxes,
and net non-cash charges, less certain capital expenditures,
increases in working capital, cash interest expense and income
taxes. As of the end of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, we
determined that we did not have any excess cash flow, as defined
in the indenture, and were thus not required to offer to
repurchase any of the notes. The notes have a final maturity
date of October 15, 2009, although we are required by the
indenture governing the notes to make principal payments on the
notes of $18.75 million in 2007 and $9.375 million in
2008.
We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to retire the
aggregate outstanding principal amount and accrued interest
under the senior secured notes.
|
|
|
Senior Secured Credit Facility |
We have a senior secured credit facility with availability of up
to $12.5 million (after giving effect to required reserves
of $500,000), subject to customary conditions. The facility is
secured by a pledge of our inventory, receivables and certain
other assets. The facility provides for same-day funding of the
revolver, as well as letters of credit up to a maximum of
$1.0 million. Interest on outstanding borrowings is
payable, at our option, at either an index rate or a LIBOR rate.
In addition, the senior secured credit facility requires us to
pay a monthly fee of 2.50% per annum of the amount
available under outstanding
37
letters of credit. We are also required to pay a monthly
commitment fee equal to 0.5% per annum of the undrawn
availability, as calculated under the agreement.
Available amounts under the senior secured credit facility are
based on a borrowing base. The borrowing base is limited to 85%
of the net amount of eligible receivables, as defined in the
credit agreement, plus the lesser of (1) 65% of the value
of eligible inventory and (2) 60% of the net orderly
liquidation value of eligible inventory, and minus
$2.5 million, which is an availability block used to
calculate the borrowing base.
In March 2005, several financial covenants in the senior secured
credit facility were amended. The limit on capital expenditures
in each fiscal year was increased to the greater of
(a) one-third of our EBITDA (as defined in the senior
secured credit facility) in the immediately preceding fiscal
year, and (b) the sum of: (i) $12.0 million,
(ii) the amount, if any, of the excess cash flow offer (as
described above under Liquidity and Capital
Resources Senior Secured Notes) made and not
accepted by the holders of the senior secured notes during the
immediately preceding fiscal year, and (iii) any amounts,
up to an aggregate of $1,000,000, previously permitted to be
made as capital expenditures that have not previously been made
as capital expenditures. In addition, the covenants regarding
minimum interest coverage ratios and minimum earnings levels
were removed for the fiscal period ending on or about
September 30, 2004 and all fiscal periods thereafter.
Finally, the definition of borrowing base in the senior secured
credit facility was amended to include an availability block of
$2.5 million, as used to calculate the borrowing base under
the senior secured credit facility.
As of the end of fiscal 2005, we had no borrowings outstanding,
and $12.0 million of borrowing availability after giving
effect to required reserves of $500,000 under the credit
agreement and we believe we were in compliance with the
covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility.
Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility typically
increase as working capital requirements increase in
anticipation of the important selling periods in late spring and
in advance of the Christmas holiday, and then decline following
these periods. In the event sales results are less than
anticipated and our working capital requirements remain
constant, the amount available under the senior secured credit
facility may not be adequate to satisfy our needs. If this
occurs, we may not succeed in obtaining additional financing in
sufficient amounts and on acceptable terms.
|
|
|
Indebtedness Following this Offering |
We plan to terminate our existing senior secured credit facility
and enter into a new senior secured credit facility following
the closing of this offering. Our new senior secured credit
facility may contain provisions which restrict our ability to
incur additional indebtedness, make capital expenditures or make
substantial asset sales which might otherwise be used to finance
our expansion. Our obligations under the new senior secured
facility may be secured by substantially all of our assets,
which may further limit our access to certain capital markets or
lending sources.
The following table of our material contractual obligations as
of the end of fiscal 2005, summarizes the aggregate effect that
these obligations are expected to have on our cash flows in the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
4-5 Years | |
|
After 5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Long-term
debtprincipal(1)
|
|
$ |
93,750 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
28,125 |
|
|
$ |
65,625 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Long-term
debtinterest(1)
|
|
$ |
24,564 |
|
|
$ |
3,926 |
|
|
$ |
15,127 |
|
|
$ |
5,511 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$ |
146,639 |
|
|
$ |
16,904 |
|
|
$ |
34,545 |
|
|
$ |
31,312 |
|
|
$ |
63,878 |
|
Purchase
obligations(2)
|
|
$ |
10,703 |
|
|
$ |
9,576 |
|
|
$ |
866 |
|
|
$ |
261 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
275,656 |
|
|
$ |
30,406 |
|
|
$ |
78,663 |
|
|
$ |
102,709 |
|
|
$ |
63,878 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
(1) |
We expect to retire all of our outstanding long-term debt with
the proceeds from this offering together with borrowings under
our new senior secured credit facility. |
|
(2) |
Purchase obligations consist of minimum royalty payments and
services and goods we are committed to purchase in the ordinary
course of business. Purchase obligations do not include
contracts we can terminate without cause with little or no
penalty to us. |
Capital Expenditures
Subject to our ability to generate sufficient cash flow, in
fiscal year 2006 we currently plan to spend between
$10.0 million and $12.0 million on capital
expenditures, to open additional stores and/or to retrofit,
update or remodel existing stores. In the event that we close
this offering and are able to refinance our existing senior
secured credit facility and enter into a new credit facility
that does not prevent us from incurring capital expenditures in
excess of $12.5 million, we may increase our capital
expenditures for our 2006 fiscal year above this range.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of the end of fiscal 2005, we did not have any off-balance
sheet arrangements, as defined by the rules and regulations of
the SEC.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks, which include changes in
U.S. interest rates and to a lesser extent, foreign
exchange rates. We do not engage in financial transactions for
trading or speculative purposes.
The interest payable on our senior secured credit facility is
based on variable interest rates and is therefore affected by
changes in market interest rates. As of the end of fiscal 2005,
if the maximum available under the senior secured credit
facility of $12.5 million had been drawn and the variable
interest rate applicable to our variable rate debt had increased
by 10 percentage points, our interest expense would have
increased by $1.25 million on an annual basis, thereby
materially affecting our results from operations and cash flows.
Our interest rate risk objectives are to limit the impact of
interest rate fluctuations on earnings and cash flows and to
lower our overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives,
we manage our exposure to fluctuations in market interest rate
for a portion of our borrowings through the use of fixed rate
debt instruments to the extent that reasonably favorable rates
are obtainable with such arrangements. We may enter into
derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps or
caps and treasury options or locks to mitigate our interest rate
risk on a related financial instrument or to effectively fix the
interest rate on a portion of our variable rate debt. Currently,
we are not a party to any derivative financial instruments. We
do not enter into derivative or interest rate transactions for
speculative purposes. We regularly review interest rate exposure
on our outstanding borrowings in an effort to minimize the risk
of interest rate fluctuations.
We purchase a significant amount of products from outside of the
United States. However, these purchases are primarily made in
U.S. dollars and only a small percentage of our
international purchase transactions are in currencies other than
the U.S. dollar. Any currency risks related to these
transactions are deemed to be immaterial to us as a whole.
We operate a fulfillment center in Toronto, Canada and a sales,
marketing and fulfillment center near London, England, which
exposes us to market risk associated with foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations. At this time, we do not manage the
risk through the use of derivative instruments. A 10%
39
adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates would not have
a significant impact on our results of operations or financial
position.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123 (revised 2004),
Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R
addresses the accounting for share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options. Under the new
standard, companies will no longer be able to account for
share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. Instead,
companies will be required to account for such transactions
using a fair-value method and recognize the expense in the
consolidated statement of income. We expect to use the
Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value
of our stock-based awards. SFAS 123R requires companies to
use either the modified-prospective or modified-retrospective
transition method. We intend to use the modified-prospective
transition method. Under this method, compensation cost is
recognized for all awards granted, modified or settled after the
adoption date as well as for any awards that were granted prior
to the adoption date for which the requisite service has not yet
been rendered. SFAS 123R was originally effective for
reporting periods that began after June 15, 2005. In April
2005, the SEC announced the adoption of a new rule allowing
companies to implement SFAS 123R at the beginning of their
next fiscal year that begins after June 15, 2005. We
adopted SFAS 123R at the beginning of the first quarter of
fiscal 2006. We expect that the adoption of SFAS 123R will
have a significant negative impact on our results of operations,
but will not impact our overall financial position. The impact
of adopting SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time
because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted
in the future.
In June 2005, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) reached a consensus on Issue
No. 05-6,
Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements
Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business
Combination (EITF
No. 05-6). EITF
No. 05-6 provides
guidance on the amortization period for leasehold improvements
in operating leases that are either acquired after the beginning
of the initial lease term or acquired as the result of a
business combination. This guidance requires leasehold
improvements purchased after the beginning of the initial lease
term to be amortized over the shorter of the assets useful
life or a term that includes the original lease term plus any
renewals that are reasonably assured at the date the leasehold
improvements are purchased. This guidance is effective for
reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005. The
adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our
net income, cash flows or financial position.
40
BUSINESS
Overview
Golfsmith is the nations largest specialty retailer of
golf equipment, apparel and accessories based on sales. Since
our founding in 1967, we have established Golfsmith as a leading
national brand in the golf retail industry. We operate as an
integrated multi-channel retailer, providing our customers, who
we refer to as guests, the convenience of shopping in our 52
stores across the nation, through our leading Internet site,
www.golfsmith.com, and from our comprehensive catalogs.
Our stores feature an activity-based shopping environment where
our guests can test the performance of golf clubs in our
in-store hitting areas. We offer an extensive product selection
that features premier national brands as well as our proprietary
products and pre-owned clubs. We also offer a number of guest
services and customer care initiatives that we believe
differentiate us from our competitors, including our
SmartFitTM
custom club-fitting program,
in-store golf lessons,
our club trade-in
program, our 90-day
playability guarantee, our 115%
low-price guarantee and
our proprietary credit card. Our advanced distribution and
fulfillment center and management information systems support
and integrate our distribution channels and provide a scalable
platform to support our planned expansion.
We began as a clubmaking company, offering custom-made clubs,
clubmaking components and club repair services. In 1972, we
opened our first retail store and, in 1975, we mailed our first
general golf products catalog. Over the next 25 years, we
continued to expand our product offerings, opened larger retail
stores and expanded our
direct-to-consumer
business by adding to our catalog titles. In 1997, we launched
our Internet site to further expand our
direct-to-consumer
business. In October 2002, an investment fund managed by First
Atlantic Capital, Ltd. acquired us from our original founders,
Carl, Barbara and Franklin Paul. Since then, we have invested in
our business through capital expenditures totaling
$28.1 million and acquisitions totaling $9.9 million
and have undertaken a series of significant strategic and
operating initiatives, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing our guests in-store experience. We
have emphasized a more attractive and upscale environment, in
all of the stores we have opened since October 2002. We have
also begun remodeling our older warehouse-like
stores. We are incorporating hitting areas, putting greens and
ball launch monitor technology in all of our stores, and we are
introducing partial-flight indoor driving ranges in our larger
stores. As part of our
SmartFitTM
clubfitting program, we are introducing Hot
Stix®
technology which analyzes a guests swing and recommends
the clubs and golf balls from our inventory best suited to him
or her. Additionally, a majority of our stores currently offer
in-store golf lessons
from a staff of
PGA-certified teaching
pros through our relationship with GolfTEC Learning Centers. We
believe that this more attractive, activity-based shopping
environment drives store traffic and increases revenues. We plan
to complete the remodeling of our older stores by the end of
2007, each of which will then incorporate key elements of our
new activity-based shopping environment. |
|
|
|
Reevaluating our store format. We have undertaken
a thorough evaluation of our retail store portfolio in an effort
to improve the financial performance of our store base. Based on
our evaluation, we determined that our store concept is best
suited to a 15,000 to 20,000 square foot store that enables
us to accommodate the key elements of our activity-based
shopping environment. We will generally seek to open new stores
based on this prototype, although we currently operate larger
and smaller stores based on our historical store base, and we
may open new stores outside of this range depending on local
market demographics and real estate prices and availability. Our
larger stores enable us to devote the additional space to more
hitting areas and larger partial-flight indoor driving ranges. |
|
|
|
Increasing our retail store base. We have doubled
our store base from 26 stores in December 2002 to 52 stores
in December 2005. We plan to open between 10 and 12 stores
in 2006 and between 14 and 16 stores in 2007. |
41
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding into the tennis category. Our
acquisition of six Don Sherwood Golf & Tennis
stores in July 2003 marked our entry into the tennis market. We
believe that the tennis category is complementary to our core
golf offering due to both sports appeal to similar
demographics. To date, we have tennis departments in 33 of
our stores and plan to continue to
roll-out this category
in our existing and future stores. |
As a result of our strategic and operating initiatives and our
significant investment in our business, we generated revenues of
$323.8 million and operating income of $14.7 million
in 2005, and we believe that we are
well-positioned to
further expand our business.
Market Opportunity
According to industry sources:
|
|
|
|
|
|
we estimate that the golf retail market that we target
represented approximately $6 billion in sales in the United
States in 2005; |
|
|
|
|
|
the golf industry is highly fragmented relative to other retail
industries, with no single golf retailer accounting for more
than 6% of sales nationally in 2005; and |
|
|
|
|
off-course specialty retailers such as us have become the most
popular source for golf equipment for high-spending avid golfers
who play 25 or more rounds and/or spend $1,000 or more on golf
each year. |
We believe that we are
well-positioned to
capture additional market share in this highly fragmented
industry.
The tennis market that we target represented over
$1 billion in sales in the United States in 2005. According
to the United States Tennis Association, the number of tennis
participants in the United States grew 4.9% from
23.6 million in 2004 to 24.7 million in 2005. In
addition, while there was growth in the number of tennis players
in all categories from 2004 to 2005, the number of avid tennis
players, defined as those who play tennis more than
21 times each year, grew 9.6% from 4.7 million in 2004
to 5.2 million in 2005. According to the Tennis Industry
Association, in 2005 tennis players purchased $534 million
of apparel, $188 million of tennis racquets,
$115 million of tennis shoes, $88 million of tennis
balls and $77 million of other tennis equipment.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths have allowed
us to establish and maintain our leadership in the golf
specialty retail industry, while positioning us for future
growth and expansion:
Nationally recognized golf brand with multi-channel
model. We believe our national presence and
multi-channel retailing model differentiates us from other
specialty golf retailers and gives us a substantial competitive
advantage due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Brand awareness and customer recognition. Our
39-year history,
nationwide catalog distribution and expansive store base have
resulted in significant visibility of the Golfsmith brand,
facilitating our entry into new markets and driving traffic to
our Internet site. In addition to providing shopping convenience
for our guests, our catalogs and Internet site serve as sales
and marketing tools to increase the visibility of the Golfsmith
brand and to generate greater traffic for our retail stores. As
we further expand our store base in new markets, we intend to
capitalize on our established and recognized brand and our
existing customer base to enhance our position as one of the
nations leading golf retailers. |
|
|
|
Extensive customer database. We use our extensive
database, containing over 2.5 million names, to evaluate
purchasing trends and behaviors, identify cross-marketing
opportunities and target the most attractive potential locations
for new stores. We also continually analyze |
42
|
|
|
|
|
this information to evaluate advertising initiatives and improve
the content of our Internet site and catalog offerings. |
|
|
|
Seamless shopping experience. Through our integrated
multi-channel model, we provide our guests a seamless shopping
experience across our retail stores, Internet site and catalogs,
maintaining consistent product offerings and promotions. In
addition, our multi-channel network allows guests to avoid
delivery expenses and waiting time by ordering through our
Internet site or catalogs and picking up their order in one of
our retail stores. |
Comprehensive product offering. We provide golfers
and tennis players of all skill levels and ages a broad product
offering across a comprehensive range of price points:
|
|
|
|
|
Premier branded merchandise. We are one of the largest
retailers of premier branded golf merchandise. Our premier
branded golf merchandise includes names such as
adidas®,
Callaway®,
Cleveland®,
Cobra®,
FootJoy®,
Mizuno®,
Nike®,
Ping®,
TaylorMade®
and
Titleist®.
We also offer the top tennis brands such as
adidas®,
Babolat®,
Head®,
Nike®,
Prince®,
Völkl®
and
Wilson®.
We believe that our market position and strong vendor
relationships generally provide us with greater access to new
product innovations and large volume purchases at reduced
prices. Our extensive offering of premier national brands is a
critical component in driving traffic to our stores and
distinguishes us from our competitors with a less extensive
product offering, such as on-course pro shops and general
sporting goods retailers. |
|
|
|
Proprietary products. We design, develop and market our
high quality, proprietary branded merchandise under a variety of
brand names, including
Lynx®,
Snake
Eyes®
and
Zevo®.
These brands are priced at lower price points than the premier
branded merchandise we offer and generally appeal to our more
value-conscious guests. Several of our brands are
well-established and have long histories and strong reputations
for quality and product performance. Our
in-house research and
development department has four decades of experience in the
development and design of golf clubs and components. Sales of
our proprietary branded products, including golf club
components, accounted for $50.3 million, or 15.7%, of our
net revenues in 2005 and generally have higher margins than
non-proprietary branded
products. |
|
|
|
Pre-owned clubs. Our pre-owned club offering appeals to
value-conscious guests seeking premier brands at attractive
prices. We believe our trade-in program promotes new product
sales by offering our guests the ability to trade in their old
clubs and receive credit toward the purchase of new clubs,
thereby increasing our guests purchasing frequency and
shortening their equipment replacement cycle. |
Differentiated in-store experience. We view our
in-store interactions
with our guests as opportunities to enhance their shopping
experience and build long-term relationships by offering the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Activity-based shopping environment. All of our stores
feature hitting areas, putting greens and ball launch monitor
technology that takes images of a guests swing and ball
strike and analyzes and reports the balls launch angle,
speed, backspin, side spin and side angle to instantaneously
quantify the performance of both player and equipment.
Additionally, our larger stores have partial-flight indoor
driving ranges. We have also added tennis tunnels (areas
specifically designed with enough room to swing a racquet, hit a
ball and view ball flight) in two stores and plan to add tennis
tunnels in five additional stores in 2006. Based on our
experience, we believe that guests are significantly more likely
to purchase a club or racquet if they test it first. In
addition, we believe that the activity-based format of our
stores keeps our guests in the store longer, enhances our brand
name and allows our store associates, who we refer to as
caddies, to strengthen their relationships with our guests. |
43
|
|
|
|
|
Customized golf-related services. We complement our
extensive merchandise selection and activity-based shopping
environment with a range of golf-related services. Guests in our
stores can have a custom club fitting by one of our store
caddies utilizing our
SmartFitTM
program. We also offer Hot
Stix®
technology, which analyzes a guests swing and recommends
the clubs and balls from our inventory that are best suited to
that individual. In addition, most of our stores offer
in-store golf lessons
through GolfTEC Learning Centers staff of PGA-certified
teaching professionals. |
Superior customer service and innovative customer care
initiatives. Consistent with our caddy for
life philosophy, we are committed to providing superior
customer service to our guests. We actively recruit and train
golfing enthusiasts to serve as sales associates, who we refer
to as caddies, ensuring that our guests are assisted by
individuals who are knowledgeable and enthusiastic about the
products we sell. We also offer a variety of customer care
initiatives to foster our guests loyalty and promote
confidence in their purchases, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
90/90 Playability Guarantee. Our 90/90 Playability
Guarantee is designed to ensure that our guests are
completely satisfied with their club purchases by offering a 90%
merchandise credit for certain clubs used and returned during
the first 90 days following purchase. |
|
|
|
115% Low Price Guarantee. We believe that we provide the
most aggressive price guarantee in our industry, whereby we will
refund 115% of the difference in price if a guest notifies
us within 30 days of purchase of a lower price offered by
another authorized retailer. |
|
|
|
Clubvantage Program. We offer guests the opportunity to
buy a two- or
three-year club
maintenance program when purchasing clubs, which, among other
benefits, offers guests free labor on future
re-gripping,
re-shafting and repair
services. |
|
|
|
Golfsmith Credit Card. We offer our own proprietary
credit card, which provides our qualified guests with flexible
payment options. As a result of our relationship with Wells
Fargo, we do not bear any of the financing risk associated with
this program. |
|
|
|
|
Player Rewards Loyalty Program. We launched our Player
Rewards program in April 2006 in order to strengthen our
relationship with our guests by offering them special benefits,
coupons and discounts on select products and services. |
|
Flexible, established and cost-effective
infrastructure. Our advanced distribution and
fulfillment center and management information systems provide a
scalable platform to support our planned expansion. We believe
that other off-course specialty retailers would have to make a
sizable investment in time and capital to replicate our
infrastructure. We utilize our flexible infrastructure to:
|
|
|
|
|
Enhance distribution logistics. Our infrastructure
provides us with the flexibility to choose between shipping
merchandise directly from our vendors to our stores or routing
merchandise through our distribution and fulfillment center. We
evaluate each product to determine which store distribution
method is most cost-effective while increasing product
availability for our guests. |
|
|
|
Provide
best-in-class in-stock
positions in our stores. We utilize our advanced
replenishment system to monitor our
in-stock position at
each store and generate replenishments as needed. We reduce
costly out-of-stock
situations and excess inventory markdowns by automated supply
chain monitoring. We believe that these benefits would be more
costly and difficult to achieve without the capabilities offered
by the integrated inventory management system that we have
implemented across our channels. |
|
|
|
Centrally receive and allocate merchandise. The scale of
our purchases, along with our centralized distribution and
fulfillment center, enables our
third-party vendors to
make large quantity container shipments directly to us. After
shipment to our centralized distribution facility, we then
allocate these products optimally across our stores and
direct-to-consumer
channels based on demand. Our centralized distribution
capabilities also enable us to |
44
|
|
|
|
|
participate more effectively in bulk purchase programs offered
by our vendors, such as power buys of prior
years models or volume discount purchases. Our centralized
distribution and fulfillment center is also essential to our
proprietary branded products that are sourced from overseas and
shipped to us in bulk. |
Proven management team. We have a strong and deep
management team that combines extensive knowledge of the golf
industry with substantial store and multi-channel retailing
experience. Our senior management team has an average of over
17 years of experience in the retail sector and an average
tenure with us of approximately seven years. James D.
Thompson, our Chief Executive Officer since 2002, has served in
various senior roles with us since 1999 and has over
20 years of experience in the retail sector.
Growth Strategy
Our goal is to enhance our position as the premier golf and
tennis retailer in the United States. We intend to achieve this
goal using the following strategies:
Expand our store base. Since December 2002, we
have doubled our store base from 26 to 52 stores and we
plan to open between 10 and 12 new stores in 2006 and between 14
and 16 stores in 2007. In addition to opening stores in new
markets, we also plan to expand our store base by clustering our
stores within major metropolitan markets to take advantage of
economies of scale and establish long-term market penetration.
Based on our past experience, opening a new store within our
core 15,000 to 20,000 square foot format requires
approximately $750,000 for capital expenditures, $150,000 for
pre-opening expenses
and $875,000 for inventory depending on the level of work
required at the site and the time of year that it is opened. Our
store model has produced favorable results, including positive
store-level cash flow in the first full year of operations in
most of our stores.
Increase store revenues and profitability. Our
retail stores are an integral part of our multi-channel strategy
as they provide our guests with an activity-based shopping
environment that we believe resonates with our guests. Our
strategy to increase store revenues and profitability includes
the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
Improve store design. To increase customer traffic, we
have developed a new store design that we are implementing in
our new stores. We are also in the process of implementing key
elements of our store design in most of our existing stores,
which we plan to complete by the end of 2007. The new design
includes a new store façade, incorporating eye-catching
golf and tennis murals, as well as extensive remodeling of the
store interior. We have improved the activity-based shopping
environment of our stores by installing additional hitting
areas, GolfTEC Learning Centers, and Hot
Stix®
club and ball selection technology. To enhance the shopping
experience, we have also improved the overall look of our
stores, particularly the apparel section, by adding laminated
wood flooring,
drop-down ceilings,
improved lighting, inviting vendor displays and numerous large
screen televisions broadcasting sporting events. |
|
|
|
Grow proprietary brands. Our proprietary branded products
generally have higher margins than the premier national brands
we offer and help to drive overall margin expansion. Because we
believe that our proprietary brands appeal to more
value-conscious guests and do not compete directly with our
premier branded merchandise, we plan to grow our current
portfolio of proprietary branded products to ensure that we
continue to provide our guests with a compelling merchandise
assortment that incorporates the latest technological advances
at attractive prices. We also intend to further develop our
range of non-golf club product categories, such as balls, tees,
golf bags, travel covers and cases, golf carts, gloves,
clothing, golf and tennis shoes and gifts. |
|
|
|
Enhance apparel offering. We intend to continue to
increase our focus on apparel which provides attractive margins
and a higher frequency of repeat purchases. We believe there is |
45
|
|
|
|
|
significant growth potential in apparel, particularly as we
increasingly shift our product offering to premier brands and
innovative products. |
|
|
|
Target the female demographic. We have launched several
initiatives to broaden our appeal to the underserved female golf
enthusiast. As a result of increased media attention on women
golfers, notably Michelle Wie, we believe that the female
golfer demographic has grown. According to the National Golf
Foundation, the number of core women golfers in the United
States, defined as those playing at least eight rounds per
year, was 2.5 million in 2004. While the number of core
women golfers has remained steady during recent years, the
number of occasional women golfers increased substantially from
2.9 million in 1998 to 4.4 million in 2004. In order
to target women golfers we have enhanced our apparel offerings
and introduced the Drive catalog, focusing solely on
women golfers and their equipment and accessory needs, and the
Drive portion of our Internet site that contains
approximately 4,500 SKUs of women-specific products. We are also
holding exclusive womens promotions and events in our
stores and are a retail sponsor of the Executive Womens
Golf Association. |
|
|
|
Expand the tennis category. As a result of the popularity
of both golf and tennis among similar demographic groups, we
believe that tennis provides a business opportunity that
complements our golf retail business. Tennis also reemphasizes
our strategy to target the female consumer who may come into our
store because of our tennis product offerings and be exposed to
our golf offerings. |
Grow our
direct-to-consumer
channel. We believe that we are well-positioned in the
golf industry to capitalize on the expected growth of Internet
sales due to our
best-in-class Internet
site functionality, our
39-year history as a
direct-to-consumer
retailer and our ability to leverage inventory across our supply
chain to fill orders. In addition, we believe that our catalogs
are a key driver of our Internet sales growth. We currently mail
more than 10 million catalogs to our guests annually. We
have found that often our guests browse our catalogs and then
proceed to place an order on-line. Our newest catalog, the
Annual Buyers Guide, was launched in April 2005 and is
designed to be the most extensive and informative catalog in the
golf retail industry, featuring golf equipment and accessories
and providing pictures and descriptions of many of the
12,000 SKUs offered. Together with our monthly club
catalog, we believe that the Annual Buyers Guide will
appeal to our highest spending and most passionate guest, the
avid golfer. We also expect that our new tennis catalog, which
will launch in August 2006 to coincide with the U.S. Open,
will increase sales of our tennis products.
Store Operations
We are the only
coast-to-coast golf and
tennis retailer in the United States. We opened our first golf
store in 1992 and currently operate 52 stores in
13 states including in or around the following metropolitan
areas:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metropolitan Area |
|
Location | |
|
Year Opened | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Atlanta, Georgia
|
|
|
Duluth, Georgia |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Kennesaw, Georgia |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
Buckhead, Georgia |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
Austin, Texas
|
|
|
Austin (Headquarters), Texas |
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
|
|
Austin (Arboretum), Texas |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metropolitan Area |
|
Location | |
|
Year Opened | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Bay Area, California
|
|
|
San Francisco, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Walnut Creek, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Dublin, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
San Jose, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Fremont, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Palo Alto, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
San Carlos, California |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Chicago, Illinois
|
|
|
Schaumburg, Illinois |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Highland Park, Illinois |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Downers Grove, Illinois |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
Lincoln Park, Illinois |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
Columbus, Ohio
|
|
|
Columbus, Ohio |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
Dallas, Texas
|
|
|
Dallas (Midway), Texas |
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
|
|
Plano, Texas |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
Arlington, Texas |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
Frisco, Texas |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
Denver, Colorado
|
|
|
Westminster, Colorado |
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
|
|
Denver, Colorado |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Golden, Colorado |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Detroit, Michigan
|
|
|
Troy, Michigan |
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
Northville, Michigan |
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
Auburn Hills, Michigan |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
Houston, Texas
|
|
|
Houston (North), Texas |
|
|
|
1995 |
|
|
|
|
Houston (Westheimer), Texas |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Baybrook, Texas |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
Los Angeles, California
|
|
|
Ontario, California |
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
Woodland Hills, California |
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
Pasadena, California |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
Santa Ana, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
El Segundo, California |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Oxnard, California |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
Miami, Florida
|
|
|
Hollywood, Florida |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Minneapolis, Minnesota
|
|
|
Minnetonka, Minnesota |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
Millenia, Florida |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
Altamonte Springs, Florida |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
|
|
|
Moorestown, New Jersey |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
Glendale, Arizona |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
|
|
Chandler, Arizona |
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
Scottsdale, Arizona |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
San Diego, California
|
|
|
Mission Valley, California |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
Tri-State Area
|
|
|
East Northport, New York |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metropolitan Area |
|
Location | |
|
Year Opened | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
(New York, New Jersey
|
|
|
Norwalk, Connecticut |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
and Connecticut)
|
|
|
Scarsdale, New York |
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
Paramus, New Jersey |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
Livingston, New Jersey |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
Carle Place, New York |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
Bridgewater, New Jersey |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
Our stores are typically open from 10:00 am to 8:00 pm Monday
through Friday, 9:00 am to 8:00 pm on Saturday and 11:00 am
to 5:00 pm on Sunday.
Our stores accounted for 72.3% of our net revenues in fiscal
2005, 69.0% in fiscal 2004 and 62.9% in fiscal 2003. From
January 2003 to December 2005, we increased the number of our
stores from 26 to 52.
We design our stores to provide an exciting, activity-based
shopping environment that resonates with the golf and tennis
enthusiast and highlights our extensive product offering. We
have determined that our store concept is best suited to a
15,000 to 20,000 square foot format. We currently operate
stores that are larger or smaller than our target range based on
various earlier store concepts, acquired leases or available
space in target markets. In the future we may determine to open
new stores outside of this basic range depending on local market
demographics and real estate prices and availability. For
example, due to the high cost of real estate in the Tri-State
area (New York, New Jersey and Connecticut), our stores are
generally smaller in size. In our larger stores, we devote the
additional space to more in-store activities, including partial
flight driving ranges, and enhanced apparel and tennis offerings.
We have designed our store layout to provide optimal variety and
options for the golf enthusiast. Our unique activity-based
shopping environment is designed to make our guests feel more
comfortable with their purchasing decisions by allowing them to
test the performance of many of our products before buying them.
A typical Golfsmith store offers a full line of premier branded
clubs, balls, apparel and accessories, as well as our
proprietary branded products. Most of our stores also offer club
components, clubmaking tools, supplies and
on-site clubmaking,
custom clubfitting and club repair services. Our stores
incorporate technology, lessons and club demos in a range-like
setting. All of our stores offer hitting areas, putting greens
and ball launch monitor technology. Our larger stores provide a
more expansive array of activity-based offerings including
partial-flight indoor driving ranges and a wider assortment of
demo clubs.
We have entered into relationships with niche companies to
enhance our guests club buying experience and to ensure
that we meet the needs of golfers in all areas of their game.
For example, our
SmartFittm
custom clubfitting programs incorporate Hot
Stix®
technology, which analyzes a guests swing and recommends
the clubs and balls from our inventory that are best suited to
that individual. We believe that this technology increases our
guests satisfaction with their club purchases, fosters
guest loyalty and reduces the likelihood of returns. Our license
agreement with Hot
Stix®
Golf, Inc. is valid until May 2009 and provides us with limited
exclusivity to the Hot
Stix®
trademark.
In addition, a majority of our stores offer
in-store golf lessons
from a staff of
PGA-certified teaching
pros through our relationship with GolfTEC Learning Centers, a
leading provider of golf lessons in the United States with over
128,000 individual lessons given in 2005. Through this
relationship, we feature
in-house PGA
instruction using GolfTECs proprietary teaching system
that applies digital video, motion analysis and ball-flight
projection to help improve golfers swings. Under our
arrangement with GolfTEC, the guest pays GolfTEC for the lesson
and GolfTEC pays us rent based on the greater of its pro rata
share of our rental expenses for that store or a percentage of
its gross sales for that store. GolfTEC typically subleases a
portion of a store ranging between 1,000 and 1,500 square
feet.
48
We believe our specialty retail store concept has broad appeal
and provides significant opportunity for new store expansion. We
intend to selectively expand our store base in existing and new
markets in locations that fit our selection criteria, which
include:
|
|
|
|
|
demographic characteristics, such as a high number of avid
golfers and above-average annual household incomes; |
|
|
|
visibility from and access to highways or other major roadways; |
|
|
|
the level of our penetration in a given market, either through
our existing retail stores or our
direct-to-consumer
channel; |
|
|
|
original equipment manufacturer information indicating that a
location is within a top merchandising market; |
|
|
|
proximity to a large metropolitan area; |
|
|
|
presence and strength of competition; |
|
|
|
the ability to obtain favorable lease terms; and |
|
|
|
Big Box retail
co-tenants that are
likely to draw guests who we would otherwise target within the
sites relevant market. |
After we identify a potential site, we analyze demographic and
competitive data to project store revenues and develop
profitability forecasts. Once we approve a site, we negotiate
lease terms and begin planning the appropriate store design and
configuration for the particular location. We typically devote
six weeks from the time we take possession of a store to
its opening if the store is improved by the landlord, and 10 to
12 weeks if we use our own contractors to improve or build
out the store.
In our existing markets, we seek to add stores where the density
of the market can sustain multiple store locations. By
clustering stores within a major metropolitan area, we strive to
take advantage of economies of scale in advertising, marketing,
distribution and supervisory costs. We believe that this
clustering strategy strengthens the penetration of our national
brand within particular major metropolitan areas. In new
markets, we look to expand in metropolitan areas that have
historically been underserved by the golf retail industry or
where we can capitalize on our competitive strengths.
Direct-to-Consumer
Our direct-to-consumer
channel consists of our Internet and catalog businesses. Through
our direct-to-consumer
distribution channel, we offer our guests a complete line of
golf and tennis products, including equipment, apparel and
accessories, as well as clubmaking components and tools. Our
direct-to-consumer
channel accounted for 25.7% of our net revenues in fiscal 2005,
28.5% in fiscal 2004 and 34.5% in fiscal 2003. The decrease in
the percentage of our net revenues derived from our
direct-to-consumer
channel correlates with our increased number of stores and the
related growth in net revenues.
We offer over 33,000 golf and tennis products through our
Internet site, www.golfsmith.com, which we began in 1997
and which was rated the number one Internet site for Golf
eCommerce by Golf Datatech in 2003 (the last year the ranking
was done). We also have 24 registered domain names that
link to www.golfsmith.com. Our goal is to become the
premier online destination for golf and tennis enthusiasts. We
believe that we are
well-positioned to
capitalize on the projected growth in Internet sales.
Through our leading Internet site, we seek to extend to the
direct-to-consumer
channel the innovative services offered in our stores. Our
online
SmartFitTM
system allows our guests to custom fit their golf clubs to their
personal specifications without having to leave the comfort of
their home by providing
step-by-step
instructions to walk them through the online clubfitting
process. We offer an in-
49
store pickup option for guests who want to order an item online
but avoid the delivery expenses and waiting time. We also enable
our guests to enter the zip code and locate the store nearest to
them in which a selected item is in stock. Guests are provided
with full access to our pre-owned club selection, including
detailed information about the type of club and its condition.
Guests can also use our Club Trade-In Program online to
trade-in their used
clubs and in exchange receive a merchandise credit for the value
of the clubs. We also specifically cater to the woman golfer
with the Drive section of our Internet site. In
2005, we added an extensive tennis section to our Internet site,
including a detailed buyers guide to assist the tennis
enthusiast in making his or her purchases.
Our Internet site also offers advanced, user-friendly search
functionality. Our guests can search for an item of apparel by a
specific category, color, brand and material. For guests seeking
personal follow-up, we
have a call center staffed with trained caddies to guide them
through their online experience.
Our Internet site complements our retail stores and catalogs by
building guest awareness of our brand and acting as an effective
marketing vehicle for new product introductions, special product
promotions and our proprietary branded products. We believe that
our Internet site also drives traffic to our stores, as
evidenced by the fact that one of the most used features on the
Internet site is the store locator functionality.
In the future, we intend to further leverage our Internet site
through such initiatives as ensuring that natural Internet
searches produce our Internet site as a result, and by offering
our guests the opportunity to post a review of any product they
have purchased from us. We also intend to increase both our
how-to-buy
content and content that is not specifically targeting product
purchases, such as golf and tennis tips. We believe that these
efforts will enable us to succeed in becoming the online
destination for golf and tennis enthusiasts.
We have a 39-year
history as a catalog retailer and believe that we are the
industrys leading golf specialty catalog retailer by
circulation. Our principal catalog publications are the
Golfsmith Consumer Catalog and the Golfsmith
Clubmaking Catalog. In 2005, we launched our first Annual
Buyers Guide, which is designed to be the most extensive
and informative catalog of golf-related equipment and
accessories, providing pictures and descriptions of many of the
12,000 SKUs offered. We also launched our Drive
catalog in 2005, to specifically target the underserved woman
golfer. Our catalog titles are designed and produced by our
in-house staff of
writers, photographers and graphic artists. The monthly
production and distribution schedule of our consumer catalogs
permits us to introduce new products regularly and make price
adjustments as necessary.
We maintain one of the largest information databases in our
industry containing approximately 2.5 million names of
guests who have purchased our products since 2000 and other
individuals who have requested to receive our periodic mailings.
We have developed this database largely through our catalog and
Internet site order processing and, to a lesser extent, through
contests and
point-of-sale data
collection in our stores. We use statistical evaluation and
selection techniques to determine which guest segments are
likely to contribute the greatest revenues per mailing.
In order to maintain the profitability of our catalogs in the
future, we intend to focus specifically on profiling our
customers to refine and optimize circulation based on purchasing
behavior. In addition, in 2006 we intend to launch our tennis
catalog to coincide with the U.S. Open as part of our
efforts to continue to develop our catalogs as our brands and
our products evolve. We believe this catalog will help enhance
our relationship with core tennis enthusiasts.
Products and Merchandising
We offer a broad assortment of golf and tennis brands and
products, including our own proprietary brands, through our
retail stores, catalogs and our Internet site. We generally
price our products consistently across our channels. We also
tailor the merchandise selection in our particular stores to meet
50
the regional preferences of our customers. By providing a
wide-ranging, in-depth assortment, we believe we will continue
to attract the full spectrum of guests from recreational to avid
golfers and tennis enthusiasts with buying interest across all
price points.
We are one of the largest retailers of premier branded golf
merchandise. We believe that carrying a broad selection of the
latest premier branded merchandise is critical to driving
business with our highest-spending and most passionate guests,
the avid golf and tennis player.
Clubs. We carry a wide variety of premier branded golf
clubs catering in particular to avid golfers who were
responsible for 63% of all golf equipment purchases in the
United States in 2002, according to the National Golf
Foundation. In addition to the avid golfer demographic, we also
have an extensive selection of clubs for recreational golfers
and under-served guest segments including women and juniors. We
believe there are significant opportunities to gain share in
these underserved markets. The leading national golf club brands
that we offer include
Callaway®,
Cobra®,
Nike®,
Ping®,
TaylorMade®,
Titleist®
and
Cleveland®.
Apparel and footwear. We offer a range of golf and tennis
apparel including shirts, sweaters, vests, pants, shorts and
outerwear along with such accessories as jewelry, watches and
leather goods. As a result of our competitive position within
the golf retail industry and our continuing emphasis on our
apparel and accessories categories, we are able to offer our
customers such premier brands as
adidas®,
Callaway®,
Greg
Norman®,
Nike®
and
Ping®.
We also offer footwear for both golf and tennis for men, women
and juniors from such top national brands as
adidas®,
Bite®,
Callaway®,
Ecco®,
Etonic®,
FootJoy®,
Lady
Fairway®,
Nike®
and
Oakley®.
Golf balls. We offer a broad range of nationally
recognized golf ball brands including
Bridgestone®,
Callaway®,
MaxFli®,
Nike®,
Titleist®
and
Top-Flite®.
These premier branded golf balls provide our guests with the
ability to select products that suit their desire for distance
and control.
Accessories. We provide an extensive range of golf and
tennis accessories to support our guests golf and tennis
activities including tees, sunglasses, cleaning and repair kits,
towels, tennis bags, tennis strings and golf cart heaters. The
premier brands of the accessories that we offer include
Bushnell®,
Coleman®,
Head®,
Nike®,
Oakley®,
Prince®,
Team
Effort®
and
Wilson®.
Racquets. We offer a variety of premier national tennis
racquet brands, such as
Babolat®,
Head®,
Prince®,
Völkl®
and
Wilson®.
|
|
|
Golfsmith Proprietary Brands |
Our proprietary trademarks and
service marks include
Golfsmith®,
Black
Cat®,
Crystal
Cat®,
Killer
Bee®,
Lynx®,
Parallax®,
Predator®,
Snake
Eyes®,
Tigress®,
Zevo®,
ASItm,
GearForGolf
tm
and
GiftsForGolftm.
In fiscal 2005, our proprietary branded products accounted for
$50.3 million of our net sales. We maintain proprietary
merchandise in a number of categories including clubs, gloves,
apparel, golf bags and shoes.
Our proprietary brands provide high quality products at
attractive prices and generally have higher gross margins than
the non-proprietary branded products we offer. We control the
product development of our proprietary brands through our
internal research and development team, which stays on the
cutting edge of product technology through constant interactions
with our sophisticated and knowledgeable guests and custom
clubmakers. In addition, through our proprietary branded
products, we are able to appeal to custom clubmakers and enhance
our status as equipment design experts. We believe that these
capabilities provide a significant point of differentiation from
our competitors.
We believe that our balance between premier national brands and
our own proprietary products provides us with a competitive
advantage in the industry. We position our proprietary branded
products to target a different customer base so as not to
compete with the premier-branded merchandise that we offer.
51
While the premier branded merchandise we offer generally
attracts avid golfers who are typically less value-conscious,
our proprietary brands generally serve our more value-conscious
guests. We are therefore able to maintain strong relationships
with our OEMs while benefiting from the higher margins generally
generated by our proprietary products. By maintaining an
inventory of premier branded merchandise and our proprietary
brands, we are able to supply our guests a broad assortment of
products along a continuum of price points. We believe that in
addition to representing an attractive source of revenues and
profits, our portfolio of proprietary brands also enhances
recognition of the Golfsmith national brand and
differentiates us from our competitors.
In the future, we intend to continue to develop our proprietary
brands to increase our sales and enhance our margins. Our
proprietary growth strategy also includes selective acquisitions
of existing brands, where we believe such a brand would
successfully contribute to our proprietary portfolio. For
example, in 1998 we acquired the
Lynx®
brand of golf clubs which were used by Fred Couples when he won
the Masters Golf Tournament in 1992 and by Ernie Els when
he won the U.S. Open in 1994. In addition, we are looking
to expand our proprietary products into the tennis industry,
without directly competing with our vendors premier
branded merchandise.
We offer a large selection of club components, including club
heads (consisting primarily of our proprietary brands), shafts
and grips, which differentiates us from our competitors and
helps us attract and maintain strong relationships with our
passionate clubmaking guests. The enthusiastic clubmaking guests
include passionate hobbyists as well as professional clubmakers
who view us as the source for all of their clubmaking needs. We
have cultivated these relationships throughout our
39-year history in the
golf industry. Due to our extensive history in clubmaking, we
have access to the leading national brands in club components,
including
Aldila®,
Fujikura®,
Golf
Pride®,
Lamkin®,
Royal
Precision®,
True
Temper®,
UST®
and
Winn®.
Innovative Customer Care Initiatives
We offer our guests the following initiatives to foster their
loyalty and promote confidence in their purchases:
|
|
|
|
|
90/90 Playability Guarantee. We believe that our
playability guarantee provides us with a distinct competitive
advantage. This initiative allows our guests to purchase and use
certain clubs for up to 90 days. If a guest decides to
return the clubs, we offer the guest a merchandise credit worth
90% of the price of the clubs. We are able to provide this
service in part because of our ability to resell such clubs
through our pre-owned
club offerings, thereby minimizing the impact on our gross
margins. |
|
|
|
115% Price Guarantee. We offer a 115% low price guarantee
that we believe to be the most aggressive guarantee in the
industry, whereby we will refund 115% of the difference in
purchase price if a guest notifies us within 30 days of
purchase of a lower price offered by another authorized retailer. |
|
|
|
Club Trade-Ins. Our Club
Trade-In Program allows
guests to receive a merchandise credit for their pre-owned clubs
which can be applied toward the purchase price of new clubs or
other products. Guests can
trade-in their clubs at
any store. Alternatively, our Internet site provides a
step-by-step process
for guests to grade their pre-owned clubs, determine their value
and place an order for new clubs. The guest then sends the
pre-owned clubs to us after receiving the new clubs. Our Club
Trade-In Program is
enhanced by periodic initiatives such as our National
Trade-In Days program
where guests are given additional value for bringing in their
used clubs for an upgrade of equipment or accessories. We have
also created a blue book for golf clubs so that our
customers know in advance the expected
trade-in price and can
be assured consistent pricing across our channels. By providing
an available market for our guests used clubs and reducing
the cost of new clubs |
52
|
|
|
|
|
for many guests, we believe that our Club
Trade-In Program
assists us in developing new guest relationships and reduces the
equipment replacement cycle. In addition, we sell the
pre-owned clubs that we
acquire through this program in our stores and through our
Internet site to value-conscious guests. |
|
|
|
Golfsmith Credit Card. To meet our guests needs, we
offer our own proprietary credit card, which provides our
qualified guests with flexible payment options for their
Golfsmith purchases. As a result of our partnership with Wells
Fargo, we do not bear any of the financing risk associated with
this program. |
|
|
|
|
Loyalty Program. In April 2006, we launched our Player
Rewards program to attract, incentivize and retain guests that
shop five or more times per year for either golf and tennis
merchandise across all of our channels. The program will be free
to all guests and will offer guests advance notice of sales and
special events, exclusive invitations to
VIP-only events,
special pricing on select items,
trade-in bonuses and
coupons and discounts on select products and services. |
|
As part of our guest service philosophy, we also provide our
guests with a number of innovative golf and tennis-related
services, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
SmartFit Custom Club Fitting Program. We offer
guests the ability to custom fit their clubs through our
SmartFitTM
program. Through our
SmartFitTM
program, we customize premier and proprietary branded clubs to
the guests physical profile (height,
wrist-to-floor distance
and hand size), swing speed and their desired game
characteristics (trajectory, control and distance). We also have
the ability to custom build a set of golf clubs from scratch
using our clubmaking technology and components. Our
SmartFittm
program is available to our guests at every store, as well as
through our Internet site and catalogs, which we believe
differentiates us from our competitors. |
|
|
|
Hot
Stix® Precision
Equipment Recommendation. We license Hot
Stix®
proprietary technology, which analyzes a guests swing and
recommends the type of clubs and golf balls from our inventory
that are best suited to that individual. We believe that this
technology increases our guests satisfaction with their
club purchases and fosters guest loyalty and potentially reduces
product returns. |
|
|
|
GolfTEC Learning Centers. Our relationship with GolfTEC
Learning Centers, the nations leading provider of golf
lessons with over 128,000 individual lessons in 2005,
complements our outstanding caddy team. GolfTECs
proprietary system features digital video, motion analysis and
ball-flight projection to allow its staff of PGA-certified
teaching pros to analyze our guests swing and compare it
to a database of the swings of various professional golfers. In
addition, GolfTEC provides software that enables guests to
review their lesson, drills and instructor comments online.
Guests participation in GolfTEC lessons drives traffic and
sales within our stores as our guests buy lesson packages that
encourage repeat visits to our store location. As of
December 31, 2005, GolfTEC provided in-store golf lessons
in 27 of our stores. During 2006, we plan to modify three of our
existing stores to accommodate in-store golf lessons by GolfTEC. |
|
|
|
Club Repair and Clubvantage Program. We offer repair
services at all of our stores. In order to encourage guests to
use these services, we offer two-year and three-year plans under
our Clubvantage program that enable guests to cover the labor
costs associated with re-gripping, re-shafting and repairing
individual clubs or club sets for an upfront fee. The program
provides additional benefits, such as an additional credit on
any clubs that are traded-in and a savings certificate for the
Harvey Penick Golf Academy. |
|
|
|
Expert Racquet Stringing. As a member of the
U.S. Racquet Stringers Association, we are able to offer
our guests expert racquet stringing services. Our professionally
trained Master Racquet Technicians have passed comprehensive
tests to ensure their knowledge and |
53
|
|
|
|
|
understanding of racquet service. Our Master Racquet Technicians
provide our guests with a full range of racquet services and
answer their racquet-related questions. |
Customer Service
Our business is focused on the guest and we have a commitment to
playing the role of caddy to our guests through our caddy
for life philosophy. Through this guest services
philosophy, we believe we have developed a culture that has
enabled us to cultivate a strong and loyal customer base.
In order to encourage a knowledgeable caddy team, we actively
recruit golfing enthusiasts to serve as sales associates,
because we believe that they bring enthusiasm to the shopping
experience and are knowledgeable about the products they sell.
We also target individuals with a strong retail background,
because we believe a general understanding of retail sales is
critical for marketing and selling our products.
We emphasize product knowledge at both the hiring and training
stages. As part of our interview process, we test each
prospective sales associate for knowledge specific to the
department in which he or she is to work. We also utilize a
program designed to measure our sales associates
productivity. This program allows us to identify stores in which
customer service and managerial improvements are needed.
One component of our caddies compensation is based on
sales commissions, which we believe motivates them to learn more
about our product and service offerings and to demonstrate and
explain to our guests the features of our products and services.
Our commission system is designed to ensure that our caddies
focus on providing the products or services that are well suited
to our guests. Like many retailers, we believe that this
approach allows us to recruit and retain an educated and
professional sales force that leads to a better guest experience.
Marketing and Advertising
Our marketing and advertising programs are designed to promote
our extensive selection of premier national brands as well as
our own proprietary brands at competitive prices. Through our
integrated marketing and advertising, we also emphasize our
multi-channel business model by utilizing our in-store, catalog
and Internet capabilities to promote our brand and advertise our
innovative services and events.
Historically, one of the most important customer demographics
that we target has been the avid golfer who plays 25 or more
rounds of golf per year. According to the National Golf
Foundation, in 2002 the avid golfer accounted for 63% of all
golf-related purchases. Our strategy is to broaden our focus and
target more extensively certain demographics where we think
opportunities for growth exist, including: (1) the moderate
or recreational golfer, who is value-driven and value-conscious,
(2) the woman golfer, who is part of a growing population
and is value- and style-conscious, (3) the junior golfer,
who represents a long-term customer segment, (4) the
frequent tennis player, who plays tennis 21 or more times a year
and represents 60% of all tennis purchases, and (5) the
recreational tennis player, who has a social interest in the
sport and is eager to learn.
We employ a combination of print, broadcast, radio, direct mail,
e-mail and billboard
media, as well as in-store events, to drive awareness of our
brand. In particular, on the local level we run newspaper
advertisements to promote stores and store events. Our strategy
of clustering stores in a particular market allows such local
advertising techniques to be both successful and cost-effective.
On the national level, we run printed advertisements in national
magazines, such as Golf
Digest®,
Golf World and Golf for Women. In the past, we have run national
advertisements on The Golf
Channel®
and local television advertisements in select markets to
complement our direct marketing campaign. To manage costs and
increase effectiveness, we have expanded the use of
e-mail for direct
marketing.
The catalogs and magazines that we distribute throughout the
year are also an important marketing tool. We mail more than 10
million catalogs annually. We believe that our catalogs drive
online and in-store traffic and also expand recognition of the
Golfsmith®
brand.
54
We employ additional marketing activities prior to key shopping
periods, such as Fathers Day and Christmas, and in
connection with specific sales and promotions. In particular, we
hold various theme- or activity-based promotions throughout the
year that drive additional traffic into our stores, including
demonstration days, appearances by PGA golfers, tour vans and
events focusing primarily on the female guest. To reinforce our
multi-channel model, we coordinate these events across both our
retail store and
direct-to-consumer
channels.
In April 2006, we launched our Player Rewards loyalty program
which we believe further fosters guest loyalty and also provide
us with valuable market intelligence and purchasing information
regarding our most frequent guests. We will use this information
to focus our advertising efforts, encourage repeat shopping and
communicate with our target customers.
In 2006, we also intend to expand our marketing efforts for our
tennis business. We believe there is a significant opportunity
for growth in the tennis market. Like the golf market, currently
the tennis market is fragmented with no national multi-channel
specialty store leader. We intend to market tennis by expanding
our national and local magazine advertising as well as launching
our own tennis catalog. We also have plans to improve our
in-store tennis environment along with broadening our assortment
of merchandise. In addition, we will be launching a referral
program featuring lessons with tennis professionals through the
Professionals Tennis Registry.
Management Information Systems
Our management information systems provide us with a network and
applications that are reliable, scalable and easy to use,
maintain and modify. Our management information systems are
based on the Oracle ERP system with additional integrated
state-of-the-art
systems. This infrastructure fully integrates all major aspects
of our business across all channels, improves our back-office
capabilities, enhances management reporting and analysis
capabilities through rapid access to data, lowers operating
costs and improves and expands our direct marketing
capabilities. We believe that these systems offer us the
infrastructure necessary to support continued growth.
Our in-store,
point-of-sale system
tracks all sales by category, style and item and allows us to
routinely compare current performance with historical and
planned performance. The information gathered by this system
also supports automatic replenishment of inventory and is
integrated into product buying decisions. The system has an
intuitive, user-friendly interface that minimizes new user
training requirements, allowing our caddies to focus on serving
our guests.
The majority of our hardware resides at our corporate
headquarters. We have implemented redundant servers and
communication lines to limit downtime in the event of power
outages or other potential problems. System administrators and
network managers monitor and operate our network operations and
transactions-processing systems to ensure the continued and
uninterrupted operation of our Internet site and
transaction-processing systems. Our focus on reliability,
availability and scalability has resulted in successful
operations through our continued expansion of stores without any
interruptions to our
point-of-sale system
during 2005.
Purchasing and Distribution
Over our 39-year
history in the golf business, we have developed relationships
with many of the major equipment vendors in the industry. We
have a diverse network of suppliers. In each of fiscal 2004 and
2005, three of our suppliers, Callaway
Golf®,
TaylorMade®/
adidas
Golf®,
and
Acushnet®
each supplied approximately 10% of our consolidated purchases.
We source substantially all of our proprietary products from
contract manufacturers in Asia, which manufacture our equipment
according to our specifications. We do not have long-term supply
contracts with our vendors and all of our orders are made on a
purchase order basis. Due to our history of reliable payments to
these vendors, many of them provide us with extended payment
terms.
55
We believe that the timing and volume of products we receive
from our vendors, combined with our multi-channel model, allow
us to provide an extensive offering of the latest golf
technology, enabling our guests to test the latest equipment.
This allows us to continue to attract avid golfers seeking the
latest equipment.
Our ability to centrally manage large quantity orders also makes
us a preferred retailer for many of our vendors. Many of our
vendors provide us with volume purchasing rebates if we reach
certain order targets. Additionally, our ability to resell
pre-owned equipment and purchase large quantities of the prior
years models, called power buys, increases our
visibility and solidifies our relationship with our vendors.
As a result of our high volume of purchases, in 2005 we were
able to initiate a co-operative advertising program pursuant to
which the cost of marketing certain vendors products or
services is reimbursed by the vendor. This program offers our
vendors differentiated co-operative advertising opportunities
due to our multi-channel business model and activity-based store
environment. We work closely with our vendors to find
co-operative opportunities, negotiate mutually beneficial terms,
and drive improved operating performance. Along with
vendor buy-ins to sponsor events, these
cross-promotional arrangements have enabled us to expand our own
marketing activities as a result of vendor reimbursement of
marketing expenses related to their products. As our industry
consolidates and we capture more market share, we believe that
co-operative advertising agreements will continue to expand.
Distribution and Fulfillment
We have developed a hybrid distribution system that combines our
central warehouse and distribution infrastructure with the
direct-ship expertise of the vendor community. This hybrid
distribution model increases our flexibility to allocate
inventory to stores on an as-needed basis, thereby improving our
in-stock positions.
We operate a 240,000 square foot distribution and
fulfillment center in Austin, Texas which handles selected store
inventory replenishment and substantially all
direct-to-consumer
order fulfillment requirements. Store inventory replenishment is
accomplished using a warehouse management system that separates
and collates shipments which are trucked to our stores by a
third party dedicated fleet. We believe that our centralized
distribution and fulfillment model provides a number of
advantages including more timely replenishment of store
inventory, better use of store floor space and the ability to
participate in bulk purchases from our vendors. An additional
benefit of our integrated platform is that shipments to our
stores from our distribution center are less time-consuming to
process than multiple shipments received from vendors directly
at the store, which we believe provides us with a distinct
advantage over our competitors without centralized distribution
capabilities. For those vendors whose infrastructure supports
direct shipment to retail locations, our hybrid system also
allows for a direct-ship component.
We dedicate 100,000 square feet of our distribution and
fulfillment center to our
direct-to-consumer
shipping facility, which can handle over one million packages
annually. This facility utilizes the latest technology,
including an automated conveyor system that efficiently moves
merchandise through the picking and shipping areas. While most
direct-to-consumer
orders are filled from this facility, our advanced information
systems allow us to search store inventory if the distribution
and fulfillment center is out of stock. If needed, pick tickets
are automatically generated at the appropriate store, and store
caddies ship the item directly to the guest. This capability
allows us to optimize our use of inventory across our supply
chain and increases order fill rates.
We also have two smaller distribution facilities in Toronto,
Canada and near London, England, from which we service our
Canadian and European guests, respectively.
We believe that our current distribution and fulfillment
facilities will be adequate for our projected growth and
foreseeable future demands over at least the next five years as
we significantly expand our retail store base and our
direct-to-consumer
business.
56
International
We work with a group of international agents and distributors to
offer golf club components and equipment to clubmakers and
golfers in selected regions outside the United States. In the
United Kingdom, we sell our proprietary branded equipment
through a commissioned sales force directly to retailers.
Throughout most of Europe and parts of Asia and other parts of
the world, we sell our products through a network of agents and
distributors. Sales through our international distributors and
our distribution and fulfillment center near London accounted
for 1.5% of our revenues in fiscal 2005, 2.2% in fiscal 2004 and
2.3% in fiscal 2003.
Harvey Penick Academy
In 1993, we partnered with Austin native and well-known golf
instructor, the late Harvey Penick, to form the Harvey Penick
Golf Academy. The academy has attracted over 20,000 students
since its inception. We believe the academy helps contribute to
sales at our adjacent Austin store. The academy accounted for
approximately 0.2% of our net revenues in fiscal 2005, 0.3% in
fiscal 2004 and 0.3% in fiscal 2003.
Industry Overview
We estimate that the golf retail market that we target
represented over $6 billion in sales in the United States
in 2005. Over the last 35 years, the golf industry has
realized significant growth in both participation and
popularity. According to the National Golf Foundation, the
number of rounds played in the United States grew from
266.0 million in 1970 to a peak of 518.4 million
rounds played in 2000. This growth has been driven by the
increased number of golf courses, greater television exposure to
golf and golfing events and technological advances in golf
equipment. More recently, however, there has been a slight
decline in the number of rounds of golf played from the peak in
2000 to 499.6 million rounds in 2005, according to the
National Golf Foundation. This decrease in rounds played over
the last five years can be attributed to a variety of factors
that have impacted recreational activities including the state
of the nations economy, unfavorable weather conditions and
reduced discretionary spending.
Another key indicator for the strength of the golf industry is
the total number of golfers. Total golfers as a percentage of
the United States population has increased since 1970. In 2004,
the National Golf Foundation determined the number of people who
play golf in the United States had grown from 11.2 million
(approximately 5.5%) in 1970 to 30.2 million in 2004
(approximately 10.3%). As of 2003, approximately
6.0 million of those golfers are categorized as avid
golfers, who play 25 or more rounds per year.
The golf industry has the following additional characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increased access to and visibility of golf. The
National Golf Foundation determined that golf course facilities
have grown from 12,846 in 1994 to 16,057 in 2005. The PGA, LPGA,
USGA, World Golf Foundation and others have introduced numerous
programs designed to attract, develop and retain golfers,
including offering discounted or free lessons to beginning
golfers. In addition, the proliferation of professional and
amateur golf events and accompanying media coverage and
television exposure has further increased the visibility of the
sport. As a result of several factors, including the launch of
The Golf
Channel®
and the emergence of golf superstar Tiger Woods, advertising and
promotions by equipment manufacturers have increased. |
|
|
|
|
|
Fragmented market. The golf retail industry is
highly fragmented relative to other retail industries, with no
single golf retailer accounting for more than 6% of sales
nationally in 2005. Specialty off-course retailers lead the
retail channel for golf equipment and accessories, and we expect
this trend to continue. This trend is driven in part by the
ability of off-course retailers to offer a larger selection at
competitive prices while offering customers putting greens,
hitting areas and other amenities. |
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
Favorable demographic growth. While participation
rates have leveled off over the last four years, we expect a
growth in participation rates over the next decade as the
baby boomer generation ages and as more women
participate. Golf is one of the few sports which people spend
more time playing as they age. The United States Census Bureau
estimated that there were approximately 78 million baby
boomers in the United States in 2004. According to the National
Golf Foundation, if baby boomers in the future behave as senior
golfers, aged 60 and above, do today, the number of rounds
played by this demographic will increase significantly. Today,
baby boomers have a 12.5% participation rate and play an average
of 20.5 rounds a year. If they behave like the current
generation of senior golfers, their participation rate will drop
over time to 9.7% but average rounds will rise to 39.6 per year.
Additionally, the National Golf Foundation concluded that
golfers over the age of 45 years spend a disproportionate
amount on golf (including greens fees and other items outside
our products and services). In addition, according to the
National Golf Foundation, the number of women golfers has
increased from approximately 5.4 million in 1998 to
approximately 6.9 million in 2004, representing an increase
of 28%. The average annual rounds played by women is very close
to the average played by men. |
|
|
|
|
High spending by avid golfers. According to the
National Golf Foundation, in 2002 there were approximately
6.0 million avid golfers representing 23% of all golfers
and responsible for driving approximately 63% of golf equipment
sales. Avid golfers are interested in learning about and buying
the latest equipment, upgrading putters and drivers with greater
regularity than casual golfers. In addition, avid golfers and
golfers who spend $1,000 or more on golf per year purchased more
equipment from off-course golf specialty retailers in 2003 than
any other channel. For these reasons, avid golfers are an
important target customer group. |
|
|
|
Technological cycles. Substantial technological
advancements in equipment over the past decade have shortened
product replacement cycles and increased prices. Significant
advances have been achieved in club head, shaft and golf ball
construction, design and materials. The recent popularity of
utility or hybrid clubs, a category of clubs that
combines elements of both woods and irons into their design are
driving another product replacement cycle. The introduction of
new and improved products, together with advertising and
promotions by equipment manufacturers and retailers emphasizing
the importance of proper equipment to ones game, has
encouraged golfers to change their equipment more frequently.
Avid golfers, in particular, appear more willing to invest at
the front-end of product cycles at or near the
manufacturers recommended retail price. |
Competition
The golf industry is highly fragmented and competitive. We
compete both in the off-course specialty retail segment and in
the online and catalog retail segment. The off-course specialty
retail segment is characterized by sales of a complete selection
of golf equipment and apparel, a unified store image, favorable
pricing and knowledgeable staff. The online and catalog retail
segment is characterized by competitive pricing, shopping
convenience and a wide product selection.
Other off-course specialty retailers. Due to the
highly fragmented nature of the golf industry, off-course
specialty retail stores vary significantly in size, strategy and
geographic location. Some focus on specific areas of the
country, and some have focused more heavily on a single channel,
being slow to develop into other channels of commerce or develop
multi-channel expertise. Most of these retailers do not have any
depth of in-store activity-based offerings such as PGA-certified
professionals or advanced demonstration and trial facilities,
nor do they offer proprietary products or club repair services.
Our primary competitors in this category are Edwin Watts and
Golf
Galaxy®.
Online and catalog retailers of golf equipment.
Online and catalog retailers of golf equipment sell a
wide selection of merchandise through the use of catalogs and
the Internet. The products are competitively priced and the
direct channel offers a certain convenience to consumers.
However, catalog
58
and Internet retailers are not able to offer hands-on product
testing and fitting or the same depth of product understanding.
These retailers single channel focus limits their ability
for cross-channel marketing and sales as well as for
cross-channel brand promotion. We have been building our brand
online since the launch of our Internet site in 1997 and have
maintained a commitment to a multi-channel approach. Our primary
competitors in this category are The Golf Warehouse and Edwin
Watts.
Franchise and independent golf retailers.
Franchise and independent golf retailers tend to be comprised of
smaller stores with 2,000 to 5,000 square feet and
generally are not positioned in major markets. Due in part to
their more limited space and their position outside major
markets, we believe these stores generally offer a less
extensive selection of golf clubs, equipment, accessories and
apparel. Many promote sales of their private label or lesser
known brands. They also do not currently have PGA-certified
professionals assisting guests or advanced demonstration and
testing facilities. Our main competitors in this category
include Nevada Bobs, Pro Golf Discount and Golf
USA®.
On-course pro shops. On-course pro shops are
located on-site at golf
courses or on-site at
other golf facilities such as driving ranges. These retailers
have significantly smaller stores with which to offer
merchandise. While these shops generally have PGA professionals
on staff, they generally offer a less extensive selection of
golf clubs and equipment, choosing to devote more of their
limited space to showcasing apparel. These shops also do not
offer advanced demonstrations or diagnostic or testing equipment
such as ball launch monitors.
Conventional sporting goods retailers.
Conventional sporting goods retailers are generally large format
20,000 to 100,000 square feet stores that offer a wide
range of sporting goods merchandise covering a variety of
categories, including merchandise related to most professional
sports. These stores apply a single store format to numerous
specialty areas. Prices at these stores are generally
competitive, but we believe that the limited space they devote
to golf products restricts the breadth of their golf offering.
These retailers often do not have full access to all of the
leading national brands and to the full assortment of those
brands lines. Most do not currently have PGA-certified
professionals, advanced demonstration and trial facilities or
club repair services. Our competitors in this category are
Dicks Sporting
Goods®
and The Sports
Authority®.
Mass merchants and warehouse clubs. These stores
typically range in size from 50,000 to 200,000 square feet
and above. These merchants and clubs offer a wide-range of
products, but golf merchandise tends to represent a very small
portion of their retail square footage and their total sales. We
believe that their limited product selection and limited access
to the range of leading national brands does not appeal to many
golf enthusiasts. These stores also do not focus on services
which address the needs of golfers specifically. Examples of
such stores are
Wal-Mart®,
Target®
and
Costco®.
Facilities
With the exception of the Austin store at our corporate
headquarters, we lease all of our retail stores. All leased
premises are held under long-term leases with differing
provisions and expiration dates. Leases generally provide for
monthly rentals, typically computed on the basis of a fixed
amount. Three of our leases also provide for payments based on
sales at those locations. Most leases contain provisions
permitting us to renew for one or more specified terms.
We own a 41-acre
Austin, Texas campus, which is home to our general offices,
distribution and fulfillment center, contact center, clubmaker
training facility and the Harvey
Penick®
Golf Academy. The Austin campus also includes a golf testing and
practice area.
59
Details of our non-store properties and facilities are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Size | |
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
(sq. ft.) | |
|
Facility Type |
|
Owned/Leased | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
Austin, Texas
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
Office |
|
|
Owned |
|
Austin, Texas
|
|
|
240,000 |
|
|
Distribution and Fulfillment Center |
|
|
Owned |
|
Austin, Texas
|
|
|
17 Acres |
|
|
Driving Range and Training Facility |
|
|
Owned |
|
Toronto Canada
|
|
|
3,906 |
|
|
Direct-To-Consumer Order Fulfillment Facility |
|
|
Leased |
|
St. Ives, Cambridgeshire, England
|
|
|
15,900 |
|
|
Office, Warehouse and Shipping Facility |
|
|
Leased |
|
Proprietary Rights and Intellectual Property
We are the registrant of, or have pending registrations for,
over 90 trademarks and service marks in more than 25 countries
including
Golfsmith®,
Black
Cat®,
Crystal
Cat®,
Killer
Bee®,
Lynx®,
Parallax®,
Predator®,
Snake
Eyes®,
Tigress®,
Zevo®,
ASItm,
GearForGolftm
and
GiftsForGolftm.
We are also the owner of 25 registered domain names.
We believe that our trademarks and service marks have important
value and are integral to building our name recognition.
Employees
We typically staff our stores with a general manager, up to two
assistant managers and, on average, 15 to 20 full-time and
part-time sales staff depending on store volume and time of
year. As of December 31, 2005, we employed approximately
800 full-time and 530 part-time personnel. We
generally supplement our workforce with seasonal full-time and
part-time workers at peak times during our second and fourth
quarters. None of our work force is unionized. We have not
experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations
with our associates to be good.
We offer competitive wages, comprehensive medical and dental
insurance, company-paid and supplemental life insurance
programs, associated long-term and short-term disability
insurance and a 401(k) plan to our full-time employees and some
of our part-time employees.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of conducting our business. We believe that the
ultimate outcome of such matters, in the aggregate, will not
have a material adverse impact on our financial position,
liquidity or results of operations.
60
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information about our
executive officers and directors following the completion of
this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
James D. Thompson
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
Virginia Bunte
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer |
Kenneth Brugh
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Senior Vice President Real Estate and New Business
Development |
Fred Quandt
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
Senior Vice President Merchandising |
David Pritchett
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Senior Vice President Retail Operations |
Kiprian Miles
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Vice President Chief Information Officer |
Jeff Sheets
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Vice President Research and Development |
Matthew Corey
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Vice President Marketing |
David Lowe
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Vice President Brands and Golf Instruction |
Charles
Shaw(1)
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
Roberto Buaron
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Director |
James
Grover(2)
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Director |
Noel
Wilens(1)
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Director |
Thomas G.
Hardy(2)
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Director |
James Long
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Director |
Lawrence Mondry
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Director |
|
|
(1) |
Member of our nominating and compensation committee. |
|
(2) |
Member of our audit committee. |
James D. Thompson has served as our Chief Executive
Officer, President and a director since October 2002. Prior to
that, Mr. Thompson served as our Senior Vice President from
September 2000 until October 2002. From August 1999 to September
2000, Mr. Thompson served as our Vice President
Merchandising, and from January 1999 to August 1999 he served as
our Director of Brand Management. From 1998 to 1999,
Mr. Thompson was responsible for home computing products
for Circuit City. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Thompson served as
Senior Director, Business Solutions and in other management
positions for CompUSA. From July 1993 until joining CompUSA in
1995, Mr. Thompson served as Vice President
Merchandising for Mr. Bulky Gifts and Treats, a shopping
mall-based candy store. From January 1986 to July 1993, he
served as national merchant and in other management positions
for Highland Superstores, Inc.
Virginia Bunte joined us in 1995 and has served as our
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer since January 2003 and as
a Senior Vice President since February 2006. From 1995 to 2003,
Ms. Bunte served in various positions with us including
Assistant Controller, Controller and Vice President
Finance.
Kenneth Brugh joined us in 1981 and became our Senior
Vice President Real Estate and New Business
Development in February 2006. Between November 2004 and February
2006, Mr. Brugh was our Vice President Retail
and Real Estate. Prior to that, from October 2002 until November
2004, Mr. Brugh served as our Vice President
Operations. From 1981 to 2002, Mr. Brugh served in several
positions with us including vice president, general manager and
sales associate.
61
Fred Quandt joined us in 1995 and became Senior Vice
President Merchandising in February 2006. Prior to
that, from October 2002 to February 2006, he served as our Vice
President Merchandising. From 1995 until October
2002, Mr. Quandt served as Director of Merchandising and
Divisional Merchandise Manager and in various other
merchandising positions.
David Pritchett joined us in 2006 as our Senior Vice
President Retail Operations. From 2001 to 2005,
Mr. Pritchett served as the Senior Vice President of Store
Operations at Galyans Trading Co., Inc. Prior to that, from
March 1996 to May 2001, he was Director of Store Operations at
Galyans.
Kiprian Miles joined us in October 2002 as our Vice
President Chief Information Officer. From April 1999
until June 2002, Mr. Miles was responsible for technology
decisions, information infrastructure and marketing and sales
support systems as Vice President Marketing Systems
and Chief Architect, at Office Depot, Inc. From August 1997 to
April 1999, Mr. Miles was Chief Architect at Alcoa Inc.,
where he was responsible for developing and managing the
technology infrastructure.
Jeff Sheets has served as our Vice President
Research and Development since April 2002. From June 1999 until
April 2002, Mr. Sheets was responsible for product
development at Wilson Sporting Goods. Mr. Sheets served as
Director of Research and Development for Spalding/ Ben Hogan
from July 1995 until February 1999 and for Founders Club from
May 1991 until July 1995. Mr. Sheets initially began his
career in the golf industry in October 1988 working on the PGA
Tour as a fitting specialist and equipment technician for
Brunswick Golf (now Royal Precision) and Founders Club until he
moved into research and development.
Matthew Corey joined us in November 2004 as our Vice
President Marketing. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Corey served as Vice President Marketing
and eCommerce for The Bombay Company from April 2002 until
November 2004, senior manager of marketing and operations,
business development strategy and partnerships for The Home
Depot, Inc. from October 1999 until February 2002 and served as
analyst and manager of marketing and advertising for BellSouth
Corporation from May 1997 until October 1999.
David Lowe joined us in September 2004 and has been Vice
President Brands and Golf Instruction since May
2005. Mr. Lowe is responsible for proprietary brand
development and management along with product strategy. From
April 1997 to June 2004, Mr. Lowe was with Spalding Sports,
most recently serving as Marketing Director for the Ben Hogan
brand. From October 1985 to April 1997, Mr. Lowe held
several management positions at Golfers Warehouse, a
regional golf specialty retailer in the U.S. northeast.
Charles Shaw became a director in October 2002.
Mr. Shaw has been a Managing Director at First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd. (First Atlantic Capital) since 2001.
From 1997 to December 2000, Mr. Shaw was a senior advisor
to First Atlantic Capital. He was a senior partner at
McKinsey & Company, Inc. for twenty-five of his
thirty-five year tenure which ended in 2000. In addition to
consulting many Fortune 500 companies and their
international equivalents, Mr. Shaw served on
McKinseys board for eighteen years and held a variety of
management positions worldwide. Also, he was deeply involved in
investment activities at McKinsey as a trustee of the profit
sharing retirement plan and as a member of the investment
committee.
Roberto Buaron became a director in October 2002.
Mr. Buaron has been the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of First Atlantic Capital since he founded the firm in
1989. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Buaron was a senior partner
with Overseas Partners Inc., a New York middle market private
equity firm. From 1983 to 1986, Mr. Buaron was a First Vice
President of First Century, Inc., and a general partner of its
venture capital affiliate, First Century Partnership. Prior to
joining First Century, Mr. Buaron was a partner of
McKinsey & Company, Inc. During his nine-year tenure at
McKinsey, Mr. Buaron counseled senior management at a
number of Fortune 500 companies on improving their
strategic position and operating performance.
James Grover became a director in October 2002.
Mr. Grover has been a principal at First Atlantic Capital
since May 2004, and prior to that served as a Vice President
with First Atlantic Capital
62
from August 2000 until May 2004 and as an associate with First
Atlantic Capital from July 1998 until August 2000. Prior to
joining First Atlantic Capital in 1998, Mr. Grover was an
associate and business analyst at New York Consulting Partners,
Inc.
Noel Wilens became a director in October of 2002.
Mr. Wilens has been a Managing Director of First Atlantic
Capital since May 2004. From May 2001 until May 2004, he was a
principal at First Atlantic Capital. From October 1995 until May
2001, Mr. Wilens was a general partner of Bradford Equities
Fund, L.L.C., a New York-based private equity firm focused on
the acquisition of small and medium size U.S. industrial
manufacturers and distributors. Mr. Wilens was also a
principal of The Invus Group, Ltd., a private equity firm
specializing in food industry acquisitions on behalf of European
investors, from June 1987 until October 1995.
Thomas G. Hardy became a director in October 2002. Mr.
Hardy has served as an Operating Partner for an affiliate of
First Atlantic Capital since August 2004. Mr. Hardy has
been the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the American
University of Paris since May 2003 and a member of the Advisory
Board of Main Street Resources, a private equity fund
specializing in small and medium sized management buy-outs since
May 2002. In 1985, Mr. Hardy was one of the founders of
Trans Resources, Inc, a multinational manufacturer and
distributor of chemicals and fertilizers, serving as its
President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 2000. From
1969 to 1984, Mr. Hardy was a management consultant with
McKinsey & Company Inc, serving as a partner from 1976
to 1984.
James Long became a director in October 2002.
Mr. Long has been a Senior Advisor to First Atlantic
Capital since January 1, 2005 and has been a Managing
Director at First Atlantic Capital since 1991. Prior to joining
First Atlantic Capital, Mr. Long was a managing director at
Kleinwort Benson North America. From 1975 to 1989, Mr. Long
was an Executive Vice President of Mergers, Acquisitions and
Strategic Planning at Primerica Corporation (formerly American
Can Company). From 1970 to 1975, Mr. Long was director of
acquisitions for The Sperry and Hutchinson Company.
Lawrence Mondry became a director in May 2005.
Mr. Mondry was named Chief Executive Officer of CompUSA in
December 2003. He had served as President of CompUSA Stores and
Chief Operating Officer since March 2000. From December 1993 to
March 2000, he served as Executive Vice President
Merchandising and, from 1990 to December 1993, as Senior Vice
President and General Merchandise Manager. Prior to joining the
CompUSA, from 1983 to 1990 Mr. Mondry was employed by
Highland Superstores, Inc., where he served as Vice President
and National Merchandise Manager from 1988 to 1990.
Corporate Governance
After the completion of this offering, we may be a
controlled company under the Nasdaq corporate
governance rules. A controlled company is a company
of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an
individual, group or another company. If available to us, we
intend to rely on the controlled company exemption
which eliminates the requirements that (1) a majority of
our board of directors consist of independent directors, and
(2) we establish a nominating committee and a compensation
committee that are composed entirely of independent directors
with a written charter addressing the purpose and
responsibilities of the compensation committee.
The controlled company exemption does not modify the
independence requirements for our audit committee. Accordingly,
within one year after the closing of this offering our audit
committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the SEC
and Nasdaq corporate governance rules. None of our directors are
employees, other than our Chief Executive Officer, James D.
Thompson.
In the event that we do not qualify as a controlled
company or cease to do so in the future, we will be
required to have a majority of independent directors on our
board of directors and to have our compensation and nominating
committees be composed entirely of independent directors within
one year of the date of this offering or the date that we lose
our status as a controlled company, as the case may
be.
63
Executive Officers and Directors
Our current board of directors consists of eight directors,
seven of whom were appointed by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. (Atlantic Equity Partners).
Currently, all of our directors hold office until the next
annual meeting of our stockholders, or until the directors
successor has been duly elected. Upon the closing of this
offering, existing rights of our stockholders to nominate
directors will be terminated and we will enter into a new
management rights agreement granting certain nominating rights
to Atlantic Equity Partners. See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Stockholders
Agreement Board Composition and Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Management Rights Agreement.
Assuming that we remain a controlled company, we
expect to add two additional independent directors to our board
of directors within twelve months after the closing of this
offering.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will amend and restate our
current certificate of incorporation and file such amended and
restated certificate of incorporation with the State of
Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may have up
to 15 directors subject to an automatic reduction to nine
directors if we cease to be a controlled company.
Directors may be removed without cause. Our board of directors
may appoint additional directors up to the maximum number
permitted under our certificate of incorporation. Vacancies or
newly created directorships on our board of directors may be
filled by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
Any director elected to fill a vacancy on the board, not
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, will hold
office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders,
subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to
such directors earlier death, resignation or removal.
Our executive officers are appointed and serve at the discretion
of our board of directors. Our executive officers serve until
their successors have been appointed or until they are removed
by a majority vote of the board of directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established two standing committees:
an audit committee and a compensation and nominating committee.
Audit Committee. Under Nasdaq corporate governance
rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting
of at least three directors, each of whom are financially
literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial
management expertise. Our audit committee members are required
to meet independence standards set forth in rules of the SEC and
Nasdaq.
Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter
setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee which
include:
|
|
|
|
|
retaining and terminating the companys independent
accountants, subject to stockholder ratification; |
|
|
|
pre-approval of audit and non-audit services provided by the
independent accountants; and |
|
|
|
approval of transactions with office holders and controlling
stockholders, as described above, and other related-party
transactions. |
Our audit committee consists of our directors, James Grover,
Thomas Hardy
and . is
an independent director under the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq
and is our audit committee financial expert as such
term is defined in Item 401(h) of
Regulation S-K.
Consistent with the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq, we will appoint
a second independent director to our audit committee within
90 days of the closing of this offering and a third
independent director to our audit committee within twelve months
of the closing of this offering. Messrs. Grover and Hardy
will cease to be members of our audit committee as such
additional independent directors are appointed.
64
Compensation and Nominating Committee. Our
compensation and nominating committee consists of our directors,
Charles Shaw, Noel Wilens
and .
Our board of directors has adopted a charter setting forth the
responsibilities of the committee. The compensation and
nominating committee is responsible for, among other things,
(1) determining the compensation of our Chief Executive
Officer and other executive officers, (2) administering our
stock incentive and employee stock purchase plans,
(3) reviewing and making recommendations to our board of
directors with respect to incentive compensation and equity
plans, (4) developing and recommending criteria for
selecting new directors, (5) identifying and recommending
to the board of directors individuals qualified to become
executive officers, (6) supervising the selection and
composition of committees of the board of directors and
(7) handling such other matters that are specifically
delegated to the compensation and nominating committee by the
board of directors from time to time.
No executive officer currently serves, or in the past has
served, on the compensation committee or the board of directors
of any other company of which any of the members of our
compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive
officer.
Code of Ethics and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Executives and
Financial Officers. The Code of Ethics for Senior Executives and
Financial Officers is applicable to our senior executive
officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Controller and all Vice Presidents. We have also
adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is
applicable to all employees, including our directors and
officers.
Director Compensation
Other than Thomas G. Hardy, who is an operating partner of
an affiliate of First Atlantic Capital, directors who are our
employees or who are affiliated with First Atlantic Capital
receive no compensation for service on the board. Each of our
directors who is not an officer and who is affiliated with First
Atlantic Capital receives reimbursement of reasonable and
necessary costs and expenses incurred due to attendance at board
meetings or for other travel undertaken on our behalf. Our
outside director, who is not an officer and is not affiliated
with First Atlantic Capital, receives a fee of $5,000 for each
regular and special meeting of the board that he attends, in
addition to reimbursement of reasonable and necessary costs and
expenses incurred.
We have entered into a consulting agreement with our director,
Lawrence Mondry. See Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions Consulting Agreement.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth summary information regarding
compensation awarded to, earned by or accrued for services
rendered to us in all capacities by our Chief Executive Officer
and our four other most highly compensated executive officers
for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005. Our Chief Executive
Officer and such other executive officers are collectively
referred to as the named executive officers.
65
Summary Executive Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term | |
|
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
Securities | |
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Underlying | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Compensation(1) | |
|
Options(2) | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
James D.
Thompson(3)
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
325,000 |
|
|
$ |
243,750 |
|
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief |
|
2004 |
|
|
314,615 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,637 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officer |
|
2003 |
|
|
297,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,561 |
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
Virginia
Bunte(4)
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
181,500 |
|
|
$ |
136,125 |
|
|
$ |
5,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President Chief |
|
2004 |
|
|
181,092 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Officer and Treasurer |
|
2003 |
|
|
161,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,585 |
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
Kenneth
Brugh(5)
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
$ |
92,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President Real Estate |
|
2004 |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and New Business Development |
|
2003 |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
Matthew
Corey(6)
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
195,000 |
|
|
$ |
78,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,925 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President Marketing |
|
2004 |
|
|
24,643 |
|
|
|
51,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fred
Quandt(7)
|
|
2005 |
|
$ |
180,000 |
|
|
$ |
82,800 |
|
|
$ |
4,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
2004 |
|
|
164,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,624 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandising |
|
2003 |
|
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,168 |
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents matching contributions made by us under our
Retirement Savings Plan. |
|
(2) |
Represents grants of options to purchase shares of our common
stock under the Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. 2002
Incentive Stock Plan. |
|
(3) |
Mr. Thompson became our President and Chief Executive
Officer in October 2002. |
|
(4) |
Ms. Bunte became our Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in February 2006. Prior to
that, Ms. Bunte was our Vice President Chief
Financial Officer. |
|
(5) |
Mr. Brugh became our Senior Vice President Real
Estate and New Business Development in February 2006. Prior to
that, Mr. Brugh was our Vice President Retail
and Real Estate. |
|
(6) |
Mr. Corey became our Vice President Marketing
in November 2004. |
|
(7) |
Mr. Quandt became our Senior Vice President
Merchandising in February 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Quandt
was our Vice President Merchandising. |
Stock Options
We did not grant any stock options to our named executive
officers during fiscal 2005 or to date in fiscal 2006. To date,
we have not granted any stock appreciation rights.
66
The following table sets forth information concerning the number
of unexercised options held by our named executive officers as
of December 31, 2005. All options were granted under our
2002 Incentive Stock Plan described below. All options listed
below remain outstanding as of December 31, 2005. In
accordance with each individual optionees vesting
schedule, no options were exercisable as of December 31,
2005. All options vest over a seven-year period in increments
depending on our financial performance. After seven years, all
options become vested for optionees then employed by us.
Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option
Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
in-the-Money | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Options at December 31, 2005 | |
|
Options at December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
Acquired | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
Name |
|
on Exercise | |
|
Realized | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
James D. Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia Bunte
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Brugh
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew Corey
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fred Quandt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with James D.
Thompson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and
Virginia Bunte, our Senior Vice-President Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer. In addition, we have entered
into employment agreements with Carl Paul and Franklin Paul.
Under Mr. Thompsons employment agreement entered into
in October 2002, Mr. Thompson is our President and Chief
Executive Officer with the powers normally and customarily
associated with a President and Chief Executive Officer in a
company of similar size and operating in a similar industry. The
initial term of Mr. Thompsons employment agreement is
three years, with automatic successive one-year extensions
unless terminated by either party. Mr. Thompsons base
salary was $325,000 for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, with a
possible annual bonus calculated based upon attainment of
financial targets for that fiscal year. Mr. Thompson
reports to our board of directors. Mr. Thompson is eligible
to participate in our employee benefit plans including the
401(k) retirement savings plan, the disability plan, the health
plan and the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan. Mr. Thompson
receives stock options in our parent company at the discretion
of our board of directors and subject to the terms and
conditions of our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan. With respect to
Mr. Thompsons acts or failure to act during his
employment, he will be entitled to indemnification from us and
to liability insurance coverage, if any, on the same basis as
our other employees or agents. The board of directors will have
the right to terminate Mr. Thompsons employment at
any time with or without cause. If Mr. Thompson is
terminated without cause, or he resigns for good reason as such
term is defined in the employment agreement, he will be entitled
to receive his earned but unpaid base salary plus 100% of his
current total annual base salary and the earned bonus for the
year of termination, prorated for the number of days employed.
This obligation will remain in effect even if Mr. Thompson
accepts other employment. Mr. Thompson will have the right
to terminate his employment with us at any time with or without
good reason. Should Mr. Thompsons employment be
terminated for cause, or if he resigns without good reason, he
will have the right to receive only his earned but unpaid salary
up to the date of termination. The board of directors will also
have the right to terminate Mr. Thompsons employment
on or after the date he has a disability, as such term is
defined in the employment agreement, and such termination will
not be treated as termination without cause. While employed by
us and thereafter until the end of the restricted period, as
such term is defined in the employment agreement,
Mr. Thompson may not be employed by or operate a competing
business, as such term is defined in the employment agreement.
Under Ms. Buntes agreement entered into in January
2003, Ms. Bunte is our Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer with the powers normally
and customarily associated with such positions in a company of
similar size and operating in a similar industry. The initial
term of
67
Ms. Buntes employment agreement was one year, with
automatic successive one-year extensions unless terminated by
either party. Ms. Buntes base salary was $181,500 for
fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, with an annual bonus based upon
attainment of financial targets for that fiscal year.
Ms. Bunte reports to our Chief Executive Officer.
Ms. Bunte is eligible to participate in our employee
benefit plans including the 401(k) retirement savings plan, the
disability plan, the health plan and the 2002 Incentive Stock
Plan described below. Ms. Bunte receives stock options at
the discretion of our board of directors and subject to the
terms and conditions of our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan described
below. With respect to Ms. Buntes acts or failure to
act during her employment, she will be entitled to
indemnification from us and to liability insurance coverage, if
any, on the same basis as our other employees or agents. The
board of directors will have the right to terminate
Ms. Buntes employment at any time with or without
cause. If Ms. Bunte is terminated without cause, or she
resigns for good reason as such term is defined in the
employment agreement, she will be entitled to receive her earned
but unpaid base salary plus 100% of her current total annual
base salary and the earned bonus for the year of termination,
prorated based on the number of days employed. This obligation
will remain in effect even if Ms. Bunte accepts other
employment. Ms. Bunte will have the right to terminate her
employment with us at any time with or without good reason.
Should Ms. Buntes employment be terminated for cause,
or if she resigns without good reason, she will have the right
to receive only her earned but unpaid salary up to the date of
termination. The board of directors will also have the right to
terminate Ms. Buntes employment on or after the date
she has a disability, as such term is defined in the employment
agreement, and such termination will not be treated as a
termination without cause. While employed by us and thereafter
until the end of the restricted period, as such term is defined
in the employment agreement, Ms. Bunte may not be employed
by or operate a competing business, as such term is defined in
the employment agreement.
Under the employment agreements for Carl Paul, who was one of
our directors until March 2006 and is currently a stockholder,
and Frank Paul, one of our stockholders, entered into in October
2002, each currently receives a base salary of $26,000 per
year, with no provision for bonus payments. The initial term of
each of the agreements was one year, with automatic successive
one-year extensions unless terminated by either party. Each acts
as a senior advisor to Golfsmiths Golf Club Components
Division and renders services on an as needed basis,
as mutually agreed upon by the parties. Each will be eligible to
participate in certain specified employee benefit plans. With
respect to either Carl Paul or Frank Pauls acts or failure
to act during his employment, each will be entitled to
indemnification from us and to liability insurance coverage, if
any, on the same basis as our other employees or agents. The
board of directors may terminate the employment of Carl Paul or
Frank Paul, without liability, at any time with or without
cause, and either may resign from his position at any time. Upon
termination or resignation of either Carl Paul or Frank Paul, or
both, we are only obligated to pay any earned but unpaid salary,
if any, up to the date of termination. While each is employed by
us and thereafter until the end of the restricted period, as
such term is defined in the employment agreement, neither Carl
nor Franklin Paul may be employed by or operate a competing
business, as such term is defined in their respective employment
agreements.
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
|
|
|
2006 Incentive Compensation Plan |
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a 2006
Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2006 Plan) to
become effective immediately prior to this offering. The 2006
Plan is intended to further our success by increasing the
ownership interest of certain of our employees, directors and
consultants in our company and to enhance our ability to attract
and retain employees, directors and consultants. This is a
summary of the 2006 Plan. You should read the text of the 2006
Plan filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is part for a full statement of the terms and
provisions of the 2006 Plan.
We may issue up
to shares
of common stock, subject to adjustment if particular capital
changes affect the common stock, upon the exercise or settlement
of stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs),
restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance
unit awards, performance
68
share awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards
granted under the 2006 Plan. The shares of common stock that may
be issued under the 2006 Plan may be either authorized and
unissued shares or previously issued shares held as treasury
stock. As of the closing of this offering, no options or other
awards will have been granted under the 2006 Plan.
A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of
shares of common stock in the future at a specified exercise
price and subject to the other terms and conditions specified in
the option agreement and the 2006 Plan. Any stock options
granted under the 2006 Plan are either incentive stock
options, which may be eligible for special tax treatment
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or options other than
incentive stock options (referred to as nonqualified stock
options), as determined by the Compensation Committee and
stated in the option agreement. The exercise price of each
option granted under the 2006 Plan is equal to or greater than
the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant,
as determined by the Compensation Committee (except for any
options granted under the 2006 Plan in substitution or exchange
for options or awards of another company involved in a corporate
transaction with us or a subsidiary, which will have an exercise
price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the
award that is replaced). The exercise price of any stock options
granted under the 2006 Plan may be paid in cash, shares of our
common stock already owned by the option holder or any other
method that may be approved by the Compensation Committee, such
as a cashless broker-assisted exercise that complies with law.
SARs may be granted under the 2006 Plan alone or together with
specific stock options granted under the 2006 Plan. SARs are
awards that, upon their exercise, give a participant the right
to receive from the company an amount equal to (1) the
number of shares for which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by
(2) the excess of the fair market value of a share of the
common stock on the exercise date over the grant price of the
SAR. The grant price of each SAR granted under the 2006 Plan is
equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common
stock at the time of grant, as determined by the Compensation
Committee (except for any SARs granted under the 2006 Plan in
substitution or exchange for awards of another company involved
in a corporate transaction with us or a subsidiary, which will
have a grant price that is intended to preserve the economic
value of the award that is replaced). A SAR may be settled in
cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined
by the Compensation Committee. A SAR granted with an option will
be exercisable and terminate when the related option is
exercisable and terminates. Such an option will no longer be
exercisable to the extent that the holder exercises the related
SAR. Likewise, a SAR will not be exercisable to the extent that
the related option is exercised.
Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that are
awarded to a participant subject to the satisfaction of the
terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee.
Until such time as the applicable restrictions lapse, shares of
restricted stock are subject to forfeiture and may not be sold,
assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the participant
who holds those shares. Restricted stock units are denominated
in units of shares of common stock, except that no shares are
actually issued to the participant on the grant date. When a
restricted stock unit award vests, the participant is entitled
to receive shares of common stock, a cash payment based on the
value of shares of common stock or a combination of shares and
cash.
Performance units, performance shares and cash-based awards
granted to a participant are amounts credited to a bookkeeping
account established for the participant. A performance unit has
an initial value that is established by the Compensation
Committee at the time of its grant. A performance share has an
initial value equal to the fair market value of a share of the
common stock on the date of grant. Each cash-based award has a
value that is established by the Compensation Committee at the
time of its grant. Whether a performance unit, performance share
or cash-based award actually will result in a payment to a
participant will depend upon the extent to which performance
goals or other conditions established by the Compensation
Committee are satisfied. After a performance unit, performance
share or cash-based award has vested, the participant will be
entitled to receive a payout of cash, shares of common stock or
a combination thereof, as determined by the Compensation
Committee.
69
Other stock-based awards are valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of common stock. The
form of any other stock-based awards will be determined by the
Compensation Committee, and may include a grant or sale of
unrestricted shares of common stock. Other stock-based awards
may be paid in shares of common stock or cash, according to the
award agreement.
The Compensation Committee may provide for the payment of
dividend equivalents with respect to shares of common stock
subject to an award, such as restricted stock units, that have
not actually been issued under that award.
The Compensation Committee will administer the 2006 Plan. The
Board of Directors may, subject to any legal limitations,
exercise any powers or duties of the Compensation Committee
concerning the 2006 Option Plan. The Compensation Committee will
select eligible employees, directors and/or consultants of us
and our subsidiaries or affiliates to receive options or other
awards under the 2006 Plan and will determine the number of
shares of common stock covered by those options or other awards,
the terms under which options or other awards may be exercised
(however, options generally may not be exercised later than
10 years from the grant date of an option) or may be
settled or paid, and the other terms and conditions of options
and other awards under the 2006 Plan in accordance with the
provisions of the 2006 Plan. Holders of options, SARs, unvested
restricted stock and other awards may not transfer those awards,
unless they die or, except in the case of incentive stock
options, the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.
If we undergo a change of control, as defined in the 2006 Plan,
all outstanding options, SARs and other awards immediately
become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, and the
Compensation Committee may adjust outstanding awards by
substituting stock or other securities of any successor or
another party to the change in control transaction, or cash out
outstanding options, SARs and other awards, in any such case,
generally based on the consideration received by our
shareholders in the transaction.
Subject to particular limitations specified in the 2006 Plan,
the Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2006 Plan, and
the Compensation Committee may amend awards outstanding under
the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan will continue in effect until all
shares of the common stock available under the 2006 Plan are
delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed,
unless the 2006 Plan is terminated earlier by the Board of
Directors. No awards may be granted under the 2006 Plan on or
after the tenth anniversary of the date of this offering.
|
|
|
2002 Incentive Stock Plan |
In 2002, we adopted our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan (the
2002 Plan). Under the 2002 Plan, certain
employees, members of our board of directors and third party
consultants may be granted options to purchase shares of our
common stock, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock
grants. The exercise price of the options granted was equal to
the value of our common stock on the grant date. Options are
exercisable and vest in accordance with each option agreement.
As of February 28, 2006, we had outstanding options to
purchase 1,995,223 shares of our common stock under this
plan. Following the adoption of our 2006 Plan, we do not intend
to grant any more options under our 2002 Plan, although options
previously granted under the 2002 Plan will remain outstanding
and subject to its terms.
Options, stock grants and stock appreciation rights granted
under the plan will accelerate and become fully vested in the
event we are acquired or merge with another company. In
addition, our board of directors may, upon a change in control,
cancel the options, stock grants or stock appreciation rights,
but only after providing the optionees or grantees with a
reasonable period to exercise his or her options or stock
appreciation rights or take appropriate action to receive stock
subject to any stock grants. Under the plan, our board of
directors will not be permitted, without the adversely affected
optionees or grantees prior written consent, to
amend, modify or terminate our stock plan if the amendment,
modification or termination would impair the rights of optionees
or grantees. The plan will terminate in 2012 unless terminated
earlier by our board of directors.
70
|
|
|
Management Incentive Plan |
Since 2004, we have had a Management Incentive Plan. Under this
plan, we agree to pay specific bonuses to eligible management
employees based upon their individual and company-wide
performance. The bonuses are payable within 90 days of the
end of the applicable measurement period. We plan to offer this
plan for 2006 as well.
We have a retirement savings plan which permits eligible
employees to make contributions to the plan on a pretax basis in
accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. For employees that satisfy certain
eligibility requirements, we make a matching contribution of 50%
of the employees pretax contribution, up to 6% of the
employees compensation, in any calendar year.
In August 2004, we established a plan to provide severance
benefits to our employees should their employment with us be
terminated without cause and unrelated to a sale of a division
or subsidiary (unless he or she had no reasonable opportunity to
continue being employed by such division or subsidiary after
such sale), or as otherwise determined by the committee
administering the plan. Under the terms of the plan, an employee
is entitled to an amount which is calculated based upon his or
her:
|
|
|
|
|
current position (Senior Vice President, Vice President,
director or manager, or other full time employee); |
|
|
|
current salary; and |
|
|
|
length of service with us. |
The plan is administered by a severance pay plan committee
appointed by our Chief Executive Officer. This committee
determines eligibility for severance benefits, including
determination of employment status and length of service. The
committee may also amend the terms of the severance plan or
terminate it at any time.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursements for
expenses incurred arising under the Securities Act.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to become
effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a
provision eliminating personal liability of our directors for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law as it now exists or as it may be amended. However, these
provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our
directors:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases
or redemptions, as provided under Section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived improper
personal benefit. |
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not
adversely affect any right or protection of our directors in
respect of any act or failure to act occurring prior to any
amendment or repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. If
the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide
further
71
limitation on the personal liability of directors of
corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will
be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
Our amended and restated bylaws authorize us to indemnify our
directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including
attorneys fees, to our directors and officers in
connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited
exceptions.
In addition, prior to the completion of this offering we intend
to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of
our directors and executive officers.
There is currently no pending litigation or proceeding involving
any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which
indemnification by us is sought, and we are not aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim
for indemnification.
72
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Merger Agreement
In September 2002, we entered into an agreement and plan of
merger with Golfsmith International, Inc.
(Golfsmith) and our wholly-owned subsidiary
BGA Acquisition Corporation. Pursuant to the merger
agreement, BGA Acquisition Corporation merged with and into
Golfsmith, with Golfsmith remaining as the surviving
corporation. We were formed by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. (Atlantic Equity
Partners), a limited partnership managed by First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd. (First Atlantic Capital), a
private equity investment firm. We were formed solely for the
purpose of completing the merger and had no operations, assets
or properties prior to the merger. In connection with the
merger, Atlantic Equity Partners contributed $50.0 million
in return for approximately 79.7% of our common stock on a fully
diluted basis. Our stockholders prior to the merger, including
members of our management, received in the merger in the
aggregate 20.3% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
The merger agreement provided for both pre- and post-closing
adjustments of the per share merger consideration based on the
difference between expected and actual amounts of assets and
liabilities, as detailed in a statement of working capital of
Golfsmith. In accordance with this provision, on May 20,
2003, the parties determined that an adjustment in the merger
consideration of $25,000 was payable to us based on the
post-merger review of Golfsmiths working capital. This
amount was paid out of an escrow account on June 20, 2003.
Pursuant to the merger agreement, we agreed to indemnify and
hold harmless the selling stockholders and optionholders of
Golfsmith from and against any and all losses incurred by them
in connection with an inaccuracy in any representation or
warranty given by us, any breach of any covenant or with respect
to the operation or control of the business of Golfsmith
following the closing date. In addition, the selling
stockholders agreed to indemnify and hold us harmless up to
$6.25 million from and against any and all losses in
connection with any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty
given by them, any breach of any covenant or fraud by Carl Paul,
Franklin Paul and the then Chief Financial Officer of Golfsmith.
Concurrently with the closing of the merger, we entered into an
escrow agreement whereby $6.25 million of the merger
consideration was placed into an escrow account to cover amounts
owed by the selling stockholders to us as post-closing payments
or in connection with our indemnification by the selling
stockholders. On July 24, 2003, the selling stockholders
paid approximately $1.1 million to us in the escrow account
for the repayment of certain obligations owed by them. In
accordance with the escrow agreement, on April 15, 2004,
the remaining approximately $5.1 million held in the escrow
account was disbursed to the selling stockholders.
Management Consulting Agreement
In connection with our acquisition by Atlantic Equity Partners
in October 2002, we entered into a management consulting
agreement with First Atlantic Capital, pursuant to which First
Atlantic Capital agreed to advise us on management matters. In
particular, First Atlantic Capital agreed to provide advisory
services related to proposed financial transactions,
acquisitions and other senior management matters related to the
business, administration and policies of both companies upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the management
consulting agreement. As consideration for its management
consulting services, we agreed to pay First Atlantic Capital an
annual fee of up to $0.6 million, payable in advance, in
equal monthly installments on the first day of each month,
commencing in October 2002 and ending in October 2012. We also
agreed to reimburse First Atlantic Capital for all
out-of-pocket expenses
and other disbursements incurred by it or its directors,
officers, employees or agents in furtherance of its obligations
under the agreement. We paid to First Atlantic Capital under the
management consulting agreement, for all fees and expenses,
$0.7 million in fiscal 2005, $0.6 million in fiscal
2004 and $0.8 million in fiscal 2003.
73
In addition, as consideration for the services provided in
connection with the transactions contemplated by the merger
agreement, we paid First Atlantic Capital a closing fee of
$1.3 million and reimbursed First Atlantic Capital for all
out-of-pocket expenses
and other disbursements incurred by it or any of its directors,
officers, employees or agents. Under the management consulting
agreement, First Atlantic Capital may receive additional fees
from us, including in connection with future acquisitions,
dispositions or debt or equity financings. Such additional fees
will not exceed an amount equal to: (1) in the case of a
transaction involving less than $50.0 million in total
enterprise value, 2% of such total enterprise value, (2) in
the case of a transaction involving $50.0 million or more
but less than $100.0 million in total enterprise value,
$1.0 million, and (3) in the case of a transaction
involving $100.0 million or more in total enterprise value,
1% of such total enterprise value. With respect to a transaction
involving a sale of our business, First Atlantic Capital will be
paid a fee equal to 1% of the total enterprise value of our
company.
Under the management consulting agreement, we agreed to
indemnify and hold First Atlantic Capital and its directors,
officers, employees, agents and affiliates harmless from and
against any and all claims of any kind related to its
performance of its duties under the management consulting
agreement, other than those of the foregoing that result from
First Atlantic Capitals gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
The management consulting agreement terminates on
October 15, 2012, but is automatically extended annually
unless notice to the contrary is given by either party. The
agreement will automatically terminate if Atlantic Equity
Partners and its affiliates collectively own less than 50% of
our outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, the
agreement will terminate upon an initial public offering of our
common stock if the underwriters require that it be terminated.
We and First Atlantic Capital intend to terminate the management
consulting agreement upon the closing of this offering, and we
will pay First Atlantic Capital a termination fee of
$3.0 million. First Atlantic Capital will receive no other
fees from us in connection with this offering or in connection
with the management consulting agreement. We have agreed to
reimburse First Atlantic Capital for expenses incurred in
connection with meetings between representatives of First
Atlantic Capital and us in connection with First Atlantic
Capitals investment in us.
Stockholders Agreement
Concurrently with the closing of the merger, we entered into a
stockholders agreement with Atlantic Equity Partners and certain
members of our management owning our equity securities,
including James Thompson, Virginia Bunte,
Ken Brugh, Fred Quandt, Carl Paul,
Franklin Paul (the Management Stockholders) and
the remainder of our stockholders following the merger.
Under the stockholders agreement, Atlantic Equity Partners is
entitled to require us to file a registration statement for the
sale of our common stock held by them. There is no limitation on
the number of such registrations that First Atlantic Capital may
request, and we do not have the ability to delay the filing or
effectiveness of any such registration statements.
In the event that Atlantic Equity Partners requests us to
register its shares for sale to the public, the other Management
Stockholders are entitled to request that we include their
shares in the offering. In the event that the managing
underwriter for such an offering advises us that marketing
restrictions require a limitation on the number of shares to be
included in the offering, the shares to be included will consist
of, first, the shares that First Atlantic Capital requested us
to register, and second, the shares that the Management
Stockholders requested us to register.
In the event that we register our shares for sale to the public,
both Atlantic Equity Partners and the Management Stockholders
are entitled to request that we include their shares in the
offering. In the event that the managing underwriter for such an
offering advises us that marketing restrictions require a
74
limitation on the number of shares to be included in the
offering, the shares to be included will consist of, first, the
shares that we request to register, second, the shares that
Atlantic Equity Partners requested us to register, and third,
the shares that the Management Stockholders requested us to
register.
In addition, Atlantic Equity Partners or Franklin Paul and Carl
Paul, may request that we register their shares on a
Form S-3,
including for a shelf-registration. Such request may be made no
more than once every six months and must be in respect of shares
with an aggregate market value of not less than
$1.0 million. The stockholders agreement does not contain
any provision permitting us to suspend the effectiveness of any
shelf registration statement.
We are required to bear all costs associated with the foregoing
registrations, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.
|
|
|
Provisions Regarding our Shares |
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Management
Shareholders and Atlantic Equity Partners were subject to
certain right of first refusal and co-sale provisions. In
addition, all stockholders were required to consent to a sale of
our company following approval by our board of directors and
Atlantic Equity Partners. Furthermore, under the stockholders
agreement, Atlantic Equity Partners and Carl Paul and
Franklin Paul have the right to participate in the issuance and
sale by us of new shares of our common stock or equity
securities. These preemptive rights do not apply to this
offering. Following the closing of this offering, all of the
foregoing provisions regarding our shares will terminate.
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, each stockholder agreed
to vote their shares in favor of certain board nominees. For so
long as Carl Paul, Franklin Paul and their families hold
more than 50% of their shares of our common stock issued to them
in October 2002, they are entitled to nominate either
Carl Paul, Franklin Paul or another member of their
family to our board of directors. For so long as Atlantic Equity
Partners holds more than 25% of the voting capital stock of our
company, it is entitled to nominate all of our other directors.
These nomination and voting rights will terminate upon the
closing of this offering, although each director appointed
pursuant to these rights will continue to serve until our next
general annual stockholder meeting, subject to such
directors earlier death, resignation or removal.
Management Rights Agreement
We and Atlantic Equity Partners intend to enter into a
management rights agreement immediately prior to the closing of
this offering.
In the event that we are not, or we cease to be, a
controlled company because Atlantic Equity Partners
does not own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, and
we are required by Nasdaq National Market regulations to have a
majority of independent directors on our board of directors, to
the extent necessary, the board of directors will simultaneously
be reduced or increased, as the case may be, in size to nine
directors. This reduction or increase would be effective
immediately following the first annual or special meeting of our
stockholders where directors are to be elected (a Director
Election) or effective immediately upon board action by
written consent. The board shall remain at this size until the
first Director Election after the date that Atlantic Equity
Partners holds less than 10% of our outstanding common stock.
For so long as Atlantic Equity Partners continues to hold more
than 35% of our outstanding common stock, it shall retain the
right to designate four nominees for election to our board of
directors, subject to compliance with the Nasdaq National Market
regulations, one of which may be our Chief Executive Officer. If
Atlantic Equity Partners continues to hold (1) less than
35% but at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, it will
retain the right to designate three director nominees,
(2) less than 25% but at least 15% of our outstanding
common stock, it will retain the right to designate two director
nominees and (3) less than 15% but at least 10% of our
outstanding common stock, it will retain the right to designate
one director nominee, and in each case, Atlantic Equity Partners
will cause such number of directors nominated by Atlantic Equity
Partners to resign as would be necessary to make the number of
75
remaining directors correspond with Atlantic Equity
Partnerss designation rights unless our Board decides that
any such directors should continue to serve on our board of
directors. Once Atlantic Equity Partners holds less than 10% of
our outstanding common stock, it shall have no right to
designate directors. Pursuant to the management rights
agreement, for so long as Atlantic Equity Partners owns any
shares of our common stock, Atlantic Equity Partners shall have
the right to nominate a non-voting observer to attend board or
committee meetings of us and our subsidiaries, subject to such
observer signing a confidentiality undertaking with us.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, Atlantic Equity
Partners will have the right to include in any committee of our
board of directors, or the board of directors or any committee
of the board of directors of any of our subsidiaries, a number
of directors equal to or greater than the proportion of
directors nominated by Atlantic Equity Partners to our board of
directors at that time.
Consulting Agreements
In June 2005, we entered into a consulting agreement with
Lawrence N. Mondry, one of our directors, that will
terminate in June 2008 or upon 30 days written notice
by either party. Under the agreement, Mr. Mondry has agreed
to make himself available to us to provide 10 days of
management consulting services relating to our retail operations
and organization during each calendar year of the consulting
agreement. In consideration for these services, we have agreed
to pay Mr. Mondry $2,000 for each business day on which
services are performed and to reimburse his reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses.
We paid Mr. Mondry an aggregate of $33,000 in fiscal 2005
for services provided to us under this agreement. The agreement
has an initial term of three years and may be terminated upon
30 days prior written notice by either party.
On April 5, 2006, we entered into a consulting agreement
with Thomas Hardy, one of our directors, that will terminate on
December 31, 2006. Pursuant to the terms of the consulting
agreement, Mr. Hardy will provide us with management
consulting services related to our retail operations and
organization. We will pay Mr. Hardy $25,000 upon completion
of the consulting services described.
Agreement to Provide Health Benefits to Our Founders
In connection with our acquisition by Atlantic Equity Partners,
we agreed to amend our group health plan so that Carl Paul and
Franklin Paul, our founders, will continue to be eligible to
participate in our health plan on the same basis as full-time
employees. We report these benefits under the plan as
non-taxable benefits, based on our determination that such
reporting is permissible. Neither we nor Carl Paul or Franklin
Paul have agreed to indemnify the other party for any losses
that either of us may suffer as a result of this tax reporting
or the amendment to the plan.
Stock Option Grants
See Management Stock Options for a
description of certain stock option grants to our executive
officers.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with James D.
Thompson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and
Virginia Bunte, our Senior Vice President Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer. In addition, we have entered
into employment agreements with Carl Paul, a director and
stockholder of our company, and Franklin Paul, a stockholder of
our company, to provide advisory services. See
Management Employment Agreements for a
description of these agreements.
Indemnification Agreements and Liability Insurance
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers and will have purchased
directors and officers liability insurance,
appropriate for a public company, prior to the completion of
this offering. The indemnification agreements and our amended
certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify
our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. See Management Limitations of
Liability and Indemnification Matters.
76
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28,
2006 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our executive officers; |
|
|
|
each of our directors; |
|
|
|
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and |
|
|
|
each person known to us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5%
of our outstanding common stock. |
Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC.
These rules deem common stock subject to options, warrants or
rights currently exercisable, or exercisable within
60 days, to be outstanding for purposes of computing the
percentage ownership of the person holding the options, warrants
or rights or of a group of which the person is a member, but
they do not deem such stock to be outstanding for purposes of
computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group.
All shares indicated below as beneficially owned are held with
sole voting and investment power except as otherwise indicated.
Certain of our stockholders are parties to a stockholders
agreement that contains certain voting agreements. You should
read the description of the stockholders agreement set forth
under Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions for more information regarding the voting
arrangements. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each
stockholder on this table is c/o Golfsmith International,
Inc., 11000 N. IH-35, Austin, Texas 78753-3195. As of
February 28, 2006, 21,594,597 shares of our common
stock were issued and outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before Offering | |
|
After Offering | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Class Beneficially | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Owned Assuming | |
|
|
Beneficially | |
|
Percent of | |
|
Beneficially | |
|
Percent of | |
|
Exercise of Over- | |
Beneficial Owner |
|
Owned | |
|
Class | |
|
Owned | |
|
Class | |
|
Allotment Option | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P.
(1)
|
|
|
18,088,888 |
|
|
|
83.8 |
% |
|
|
18,088,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carl
Paul(2)
|
|
|
3,505,709 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
|
3,505,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Franklin
Paul(2)
|
|
|
3,505,709 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
|
3,505,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roberto
Buaron(3)
|
|
|
18,088,888 |
|
|
|
83.8 |
% |
|
|
18,088,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James D.
Thompson(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia
Bunte(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth
Brugh(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew Corey
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fred
Quandt(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kiprian Miles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Lowe
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles
Shaw(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
Grover(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas G.
Hardy(10)
|
|
|
89,043 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
89,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
Long(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noel
Wilens(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)
|
|
|
18,177,931 |
|
|
|
84.2 |
% |
|
|
18,480,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footnotes on following page
77
|
|
|
|
* |
Represents less than 1%. |
|
|
(1) |
Consists of 18,088,888 shares owned by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. Does not include 3,505,709 shares
owned by Carl and Franklin Paul that are subject to a
stockholders agreement pursuant to which Carl and Franklin Paul
have agreed to vote such shares in favor of nominees to our
board of directors proposed by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. These nomination rights will terminate
upon the closing of this offering. As a result of this
arrangement, Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. may be
deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by Carl and
Franklin Paul. Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. disclaims
beneficial ownership of these shares. Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P.s address is c/o First
Atlantic Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street,
New York, New York 10022. As described in footnote 3
below, Roberto Buaron, one of our directors, has voting and
investment power over the shares of our common stock of owned by
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. |
|
|
(2) |
Consists of 2,234,158 shares owned by Carl Paul and
1,182,508 shares owned by Franklin Paul. Does not include
18,088,888 shares owned by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. that are subject to the stockholders
agreement described in footnote (1) pursuant to which
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. has agreed to vote such
shares in favor of one nominee to our board of directors
selected by Carl and Franklin Paul. These nomination rights will
terminate upon the closing of this offering. As a result of this
arrangement, Carl and Franklin Paul may be deemed to be the
beneficial owners of the shares held by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. Each of Carl and Franklin Paul disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. The address of each of Carl and Franklin
Paul is c/o Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.,
11000 N. IH-35, Austin, Texas 78753-3195. |
|
|
(3) |
Consists of 18,088,888 shares owned by Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. Mr. Buaron is the sole member of
Buaron Capital Corporation III, LLC. Buaron Capital
Corporation III, LLC is the managing member of Atlantic
Equity Associates III, LLC. Atlantic Equity
Associates III, LLC is the sole general partner of Atlantic
Equity Associates III, L.P., which is the sole general
partner of Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. and, as such,
exercises voting and investment power over shares of capital
stock owned by Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P.,
including shares of our common stock. Mr. Buaron, as the
sole member of Buaron Capital Corporation III, LLC has
voting and investment power over, and may be deemed to
beneficially own, the shares of our common stock owned by
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. Excludes
3,505,709 shares owned by Carl and Franklin Paul which
Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P. may be deemed to
beneficially own by virtue of the stockholders agreement
described in footnote (1). Mr. Buaron disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares owned by Carl and Franklin Paul and,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, the
shares held by Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P.
Mr. Buarons address is c/o First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New
York 10022. |
|
|
|
(4) |
The post-offering shares beneficially owned includes equity
units held by Mr. Thompson, exercisable immediately upon
the closing of this offering, which entitle the holder thereof,
upon the holders election, to receive 149,750 shares
of common stock. |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
The post-offering shares beneficially owned includes equity
units held by Ms. Bunte, exercisable immediately upon the
closing of this offering, which entitle the holder thereof, upon
the holders election, to receive 12,563 shares of
common stock. |
|
|
|
|
(6) |
The post-offering shares beneficially owned includes equity
units held by Mr. Brugh, exercisable immediately upon the
closing of this offering, which entitle the holder thereof, upon
the holders election, to receive 128,100 shares of
common stock. |
|
|
|
|
(7) |
The post-offering shares beneficially owned includes equity
units held by Mr. Quandt, exercisable immediately upon the
closing of this offering, which entitle the holder thereof, upon
the holders election, to receive 12,188 shares of
common stock. |
|
|
|
(8) |
Mr. Shaws address is c/o First Atlantic Capital,
Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York 10022. |
78
|
|
|
|
(9) |
Mr. Grovers address is c/o First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York
10022. |
|
|
(10) |
Mr. Hardys address is 935 Park Avenue, New York, New
York 10028. |
|
(11) |
Mr. Longs address is c/o First Atlantic Capital,
Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York 10022. |
|
(12) |
Mr. Wilenss address is c/o First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York
10022. |
79
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of shares of common stock, par value
$0.001 per share, and shares of undesignated preferred
stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following
the completion of this offering, an aggregate
of shares
of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of
preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. As of
February 28, 2006 there were four record holders of
our common stock.
Common Stock
Voting. The holders of our common stock are
entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of common stock
owned by that stockholder on every matter properly submitted to
the stockholders for their vote. Stockholders are not entitled
to vote cumulatively for the election of directors.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the dividend rights of
the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock,
holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends and other distributions of cash or any other right or
property as may be declared by our board of directors out of our
assets or funds legally available for such dividends or
distributions.
Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our
affairs, holders of our common stock are entitled to share
ratably in our assets that are legally available for
distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. If we
have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of
the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or
liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the
applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock
before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common
stock.
Preferred Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes
our board of directors, subject to limitations prescribed by
law, to issue up
to shares
of preferred stock in one or more series without further
stockholder approval. The board will have discretion to
determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
of, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend
rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation
preferences of, and to fix the number of shares of, each series
of our preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws
Effect of Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. Upon the
completion of this offering, we will be subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In
general, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date
that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to that date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and
also officers and by excluding employee stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine
confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be
tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or |
80
|
|
|
|
|
on or subsequent to that date, the business combination is
approved by the board of directors of the corporation and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and
not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least
662/3
% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by
the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law defines
business combination to include: (1) any merger
or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested
stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other
disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation
involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to
certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance
or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation
to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction
involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the
corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
(5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the
benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other
financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning
15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation
and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below
may be deemed to have an
anti-takeover effect
and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover
attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best
interests, including attempts that might result in a premium
being paid over the market price for the shares held by
stockholders.
Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be
called only by the Chairman of the Board or our board of
directors upon a request by holders of at least 25% in voting
power of all the outstanding shares entitled to vote at that
meeting. The business permitted to be conducted at any special
meeting of stockholders is limited to the business brought
before the meeting pursuant to the notice of the meeting given
by us.
Notice Procedures. Our amended and restated bylaws
establish an advance notice procedure with regard to all
stockholder proposals to be brought before meetings of our
stockholders, including proposals relating to the nomination of
candidates for election as directors or to any other business
brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures
require that notice of such stockholder proposals must be
received in writing by our Secretary not less than 120 days
prior to the meeting. The notice must contain certain
information specified in the bylaws. For so long as Atlantic
Equity Partners III, L.P. or its affiliates collectively own at
least 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock, it will not
be subject to the notice procedures described above.
Supermajority Voting. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the
holders of at least 75% of our combined voting power to effect
certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by
either a majority of the board of directors or the holders of
75% of our voting stock.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws provide that an action required or permitted to be taken
at any annual or special meeting of our stockholders may only be
taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of
stockholders. This provision prevents stockholders from
initiating or effecting any action by written consent, and
thereby taking actions opposed by the board. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for so long as Atlantic Equity Partners III,
L.P. or its affiliates own at least 45% of our outstanding
shares of common stock, our stockholders will be permitted to
take action by written consent.
The foregoing proposed provisions of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay
or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to
enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of the board of directors and in the policies
formulated by the board of directors and to
81
discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an
actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are
designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited
acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to
discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights.
However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging
others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a
consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market
price of our common stock that could result from actual or
rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the
effect of preventing changes in our management.
The Nasdaq National Market
We have applied to have and expect our common stock to be listed
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol GOLF.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
We have
appointed as
the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
82
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Other than the shares that are being sold in this
offering, only a limited number of our shares will be available
for sale in the public markets shortly after this offering due
to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Nevertheless,
sales of our shares in the public market after the restrictions
lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could
adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and
our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Following the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding
an aggregate
of shares
of common stock. Of these shares,
the shares
of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely
tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our
affiliates as such term is defined in Rule 144
of the Securities Act. All remaining shares held by our
stockholders were issued and sold by us in private transactions
and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the
Securities Act or if the stockholder qualifies for an exemption
from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the
Securities Act, which rules are described below.
As a result of the
lock-up agreements
described below and the provisions of Rule 144,
Rule 144(k) and Rule 701 under the
Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding
the shares sold in this offering) will be available for sale in
the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; |
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale beginning 180 days after the date
of this prospectus upon the expiration of the
lock-up agreements as
described below, of
which will
be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144; and |
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale more than 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, of
which will
be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144. |
Lock-up
Agreements
Our are
subject to lock-up
agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common
stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for shares of our common stock for 180 days
after the date of this prospectus. Merrill Lynch and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. may, in their sole discretion,
at any time and without prior notice or announcement, release
all or any portion of shares subject to the
lock-up agreements.
The 180-day restricted
period described above will be extended if during the last
17 days of the
180-day restricted
period we issue an earnings release or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs; or prior to the expiration
of the 180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day period beginning
on the last day of the
180-day period. In
either case, the restrictions described above will continue to
apply until the expiration of the
18-day period beginning
on the issuance of the earnings release, the announcement of the
material news or the occurrence of a material event, unless such
extension is waived in writing by Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, a person
deemed to be our affiliate or a person holding
restricted shares, who beneficially owns shares that were not
acquired from us or any of our affiliates within the
previous year, is entitled to sell within any
three-month period a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which is
expected to equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering, or |
83
|
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing with the SEC of a notice on Form 144 with
respect to such sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act are also subject
to prescribed requirements relating to the manner of sale,
notice and availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been
one of our affiliates at any time during the
90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
generally including the holding period of any prior owner other
than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares
without complying with the manner of sale, notice filing, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees,
directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares
from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan
or other written agreement before the effective date of this
offering is entitled to resell those shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on
Rule 144, without having to comply with certain
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144.
The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical
stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to
the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, along with the shares acquired upon exercise
of those options, including exercises after the date of this
prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are
restricted securities and, subject to the contractual
restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the
date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than
affiliates, as defined in Rule 144, subject
only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144.
Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 may be sold by
affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance
with its one year minimum holding period requirement.
Options
As of February 28, 2006, options to purchase a total of
1,995,223 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which
19,223 were exercisable. We intend to file one or more
registration statements on
Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or
reserved for issuance under our 2002 and 2006 Stock Incentive
Plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be
filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will
automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC.
Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement
will be available for sale in the open market, unless such
shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the
lock-up restrictions
described above or are subject to the volume limitations
described above applicable to our affiliates under Rule 144.
Registration Rights
Following this offering, under specified circumstances and
subject to customary conditions, holders
of shares
of our outstanding common stock will have demand registration
rights with respect to their shares of common stock, subject to
the 180-day
lock-up arrangement
described above, to require us to register their shares of
common stock under the Securities Act, and rights to
participate in any future registrations of securities. If the
holders of these registrable securities request that we register
their shares, and if the registration is effected, these shares
will become freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders
could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our
common stock. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Shareholders Agreement.
84
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a general description of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant
to
non-U.S. holders,
as defined below, with respect to the acquisition, ownership and
disposition of our common stock. This description addresses only
the U.S. federal income tax considerations of
non-U.S. holders
that are initial purchasers of our common stock pursuant to the
offering and that will hold our common stock as capital assets.
For purposes of this description, a
non-U.S. holder
is a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity
or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, is not:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
|
|
a corporation, or an entity classified as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or
the District of Columbia; |
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or |
|
|
|
a trust if such trust validly elects to be treated as a United
States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if
(a) a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision over its administration and (b) one or
more United States persons have the authority to control all of
the substantial decisions of the trust. |
If a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement classified
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such
partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner
and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or
partnership should consult its tax advisor as to its tax
consequences.
This description does not address tax considerations applicable
to holders that are United States persons or that may be subject
to special tax rules, including:
|
|
|
|
|
financial institutions or insurance companies; |
|
|
|
real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or
grantor trusts; |
|
|
|
dealers or traders in securities or currencies; |
|
|
|
tax-exempt entities; |
|
|
|
certain former citizens or residents of the United States; |
|
|
|
persons that received our common stock as compensation for the
performance of services; |
|
|
|
persons that will hold our common stock as part of a
hedging or conversion transaction or as
a position in a straddle for U.S. federal
income tax purposes; |
|
|
|
persons that have a functional currency other than
the U.S. dollar; or |
|
|
|
holders that own or are deemed to own 10% or more, by voting
power or value, of our stock. |
Moreover, except as set forth below, this description does not
address the U.S. federal estate and gift or alternative
minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and
disposition of our common stock.
This description is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the Code), existing, proposed and
temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations and judicial and
administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in
effect and available on the date hereof. All of the foregoing is
subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and
could affect the tax consequences described below.
85
You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of
acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
We have not declared or paid distributions on our common stock
since the merger transaction on October 15, 2002, and we do
not intend to pay any distributions on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. (See Dividend Policy.) The gross
amount of any distribution of cash or property, other than
certain distributions, if any, of our common stock distributed
pro rata to all our common stockholders, that we make to you
with respect to our common stock will constitute dividends to
the extent such distributions are paid out of our current or
accumulated earnings and profits as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution
exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as
determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, the
excess will be treated as a
tax-free return of your
adjusted basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital
gain.
Generally, but subject to the discussions below under
Status as United States Real Property Holding
Corporation and Backup Withholding Tax and
Information Reporting Requirements, if you are a
non-U.S. holder,
distributions of cash or property (other than certain
distributions, if any, of our common stock distributed pro rata
to all our common stockholders) paid to you will be subject to
withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or
such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable
U.S. income tax treaty. In order to obtain the benefit of
any applicable U.S. income tax treaty, you must provide a
properly executed Internal Revenue Service form (e.g.,
Form W-8BEN). Such
form generally would contain your name and address and a
certification that you are eligible for the benefits of such
treaty.
Except as may be otherwise provided in an applicable
U.S. income tax treaty, if you are a
non-U.S. holder
and conduct a trade or business within the United States, you
generally will be taxed at ordinary U.S. federal income
tax rates (on a net income basis) on dividends that are
effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or
business, and such dividends will not be subject to the
withholding described above. If you are a foreign corporation,
you may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax
unless you qualify for a lower rate under an applicable
U.S. income tax treaty. To claim an exemption from
withholding because the income is effectively connected with a
U.S. trade or business, you must provide a properly
executed
Form W-8ECI (or
such successor form as the Internal Revenue Service designates)
prior to the payment of dividends.
Sale or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock
Generally, but subject to the discussions below under
Status as United States Real Property Holding
Corporation and Backup Withholding Tax and
Information Reporting Requirements, if you are a
non-U.S. holder,
you will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or other
disposition of our common stock unless (1) such gain is
effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business
in the United States or (2) if you are an individual, you
are present in the United States for 183 days or more in
the taxable year of such sale or other disposition and certain
other conditions are met.
Status as United States Real Property Holding Corporation
If you are a
non-U.S. holder,
under certain circumstances, gain recognized on the sale or
exchange of, and certain distributions in excess of basis with
respect to, our common stock would be subject to
U.S. federal income tax, notwithstanding your lack of other
connections with the United States, if we are or have been a
United States real property holding corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the
five-year period ending on the date of such sale or exchange (or
distribution). We believe that we will not be classified as a
United States real property holding corporation as of the date
of this offering and do not expect to become a United States
real property holding corporation. If we are or become a United
States real property holding corporation, so long as our common
86
stock is considered regularly traded on an established
securities market under the applicable Code provisions, only a
non-U.S. holder
who, actually or constructively, holds or held (at any time
during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of
the sale or exchange (or distribution) or the
non-U.S. holders
holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on the sale or exchange of (or
certain distributions in excess of basis with respect to) our
common stock.
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
Our common stock held by an individual at death, regardless of
whether such individual is a citizen, resident or domiciliary of
the United States, will be included in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, subject
to an applicable estate tax or other treaty, and therefore may
be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting
Requirements
U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting
requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain
noncorporate holders of stock. Information reporting generally
will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the
sale or redemption of, common stock made within the United
States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a
holder of common stock, other than an exempt recipient,
including a corporation, a payee that is not a United States
person that provides an appropriate certification and certain
other persons. A payor will be required to withhold backup
withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the
proceeds from the sale or redemption of, common stock within the
United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman,
to a holder, other than an exempt recipient, if such holder
fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or
otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from,
such backup withholding tax requirements. The backup withholding
tax rate currently is 28%.
If you are not a United States person, under current
U.S. Treasury Regulations, backup withholding will not
apply to distributions on our common stock to you, provided that
we have received valid certifications meeting the requirements
of the Code and neither we nor the payor has actual knowledge or
reason to know that you are a United States person for purposes
of such backup withholding tax requirements.
If provided by a beneficial owner, the certification must give
the name and address of such owner, state that such owner is not
a United States person, or, in the case of an individual, that
such person is neither a citizen nor resident of the United
States, and must be signed by the owner under penalties of
perjury. If provided by a financial institution, other than a
financial institution that is a qualified intermediary, the
certification must state that the financial institution has
received from the beneficial owner the certificate set forth in
the preceding sentence, set forth the information contained in
such certificate (and include a copy of such certificate), and
be signed by an authorized representative of the financial
institution under penalties of perjury. Generally, the
furnishing of the names of the beneficial owners of our common
stock that are not United States persons and a copy of such
beneficial owners certificate by a financial institution
will not be required where the financial institution is a
qualified intermediary.
In the case of such payments made within the United States to a
foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign
partnership, other than payments to a foreign simple trust, a
foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership that qualifies as
a withholding foreign trust or a withholding
foreign partnership within the meaning of such
U.S. Treasury Regulations and payments to a foreign simple
trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership that are
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in
the United States, the beneficiaries of the foreign simple
trust, the persons treated as the owners of the foreign grantor
trust or the partners of the foreign partnership, as the case
may be, will be required to provide the certification discussed
above, and the trust or partnership, as the case may be, will
need to provide an appropriate intermediary certification form,
in order to establish an exemption from
87
backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements.
Moreover, a payor may rely on a certification provided by a
payee that is not a United States person only if such payor does
not have actual knowledge or a reason to know that any
information or certification stated in such certificate is
incorrect.
Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding tax rules from a payment
to a
non-U.S. holder
can be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue
Service in a timely manner.
The foregoing description of U.S. federal income and
other tax consequences is not intended to constitute a complete
analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition,
ownership and disposition of our common stock. You should
consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of
your particular situation.
88
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lazard Capital Markets LLC
are acting as representatives of the underwriters. Subject to
the terms and conditions described in a purchase agreement among
us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the
underwriters, and each of the underwriters severally have agreed
to purchase from us, the number of shares listed opposite their
names below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number | |
Underwriter |
|
of Shares | |
|
|
| |
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Lazard Capital Markets LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase
agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not
jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase
agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an
underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the
purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be
increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale,
when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to
approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the
validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the
purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of
officers certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters
reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the
public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose
initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial
public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and
to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per
share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
a discount not in excess of
$ per
share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
The following table shows the public offering price,
underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The
information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the
underwriters of their overallotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Without Option | |
|
With Option | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting
discount, are estimated at
$ and
are payable by us.
89
Overallotment Option
We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up
to additional
shares at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for
30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover
any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option,
each underwriter will be obligated, subject to conditions
contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of
additional shares proportionate to that underwriters
initial amount reflected in the above table.
Reserved Shares
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up
to %
of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some
of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers,
business associates and related persons. If these persons
purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares
available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares
that are not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the
pricing of this offering will be offered by the underwriters to
the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered
by this prospectus.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We and our executive officers, directors and existing
stockholders have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or
transfer any common stock for 180 days after the date of
this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of
Merrill Lynch and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. Specifically,
we and these other individuals have agreed not to directly or
indirectly:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
|
|
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock; |
|
|
|
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
|
|
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common
stock; |
|
|
|
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock; |
|
|
|
request or demand that we file a registration statement related
to the common stock; or |
|
|
|
enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole
or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common
stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by
delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. |
This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable
with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or
acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for
which the person executing the agreement later acquires the
power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during
the last 17 days of the
180-day period referred
to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a
material event relating to the Company occurs or (y) prior
to the expiration of the
180-day restricted
period, we announce that we will release earnings results or
become aware that material news or a material event will occur
during the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day restricted
period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day period beginning
on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the
material news or material event.
Quotation on the Nasdaq National Market
We expect the shares to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol
GOLF.
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations between us and the
representatives. In addition to
90
prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price are:
|
|
|
|
|
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the
representative believes to be comparable to us, |
|
|
|
our financial information, |
|
|
|
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the
industry in which we compete, |
|
|
|
an assessment of our management, its past and present
operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future
revenues, |
|
|
|
the present state of our development, and |
|
|
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various
valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities
similar to ours. |
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is
also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade
in the public market at or above the initial public offering
price. The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of
the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may
limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for
and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives
may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the
common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain
that price.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions
may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover
positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.
Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in the
offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an
amount not greater than the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may
close out any covered short position by either exercising their
over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.
In determining the source of shares to close out the covered
short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open
market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the overallotment option. Naked short
sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The
underwriters must close out any naked short position by
purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is
more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that
there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock
in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect
investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions
consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common
stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the
completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when
a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of
the underwriting discount received by it because the
representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the
account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters
purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect
of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock
or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our
common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be
higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open
market.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the
underwriters makes any representation that the representatives
91
will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Selling Restrictions
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a
Relevant Member State), with effect from and
including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is
implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant
Implementation Date), no offer of shares of our common
stock to the public in that Relevant Member State may be made
prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to shares
of our common stock which has been approved by the competent
authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate,
approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the
competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in
accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with
effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an
offer of shares of our common stock may be made to the public in
that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
|
|
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year,
(2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000, and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than
50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated
accounts; or |
|
|
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication
by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression offer
of shares to the public in relation to any shares of our
common stock in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our
common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe the shares of our common stock, as the
same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member
State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means
Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing
measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has agreed that (a) it has not made and
will not make an offer of the shares to the public in the United
Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to
the shares of our common stock and the offer that has been
approved by the Financial Services Authority (FSA)
or, where appropriate, approved in another member state and
notified to the FSA, all in accordance with the Prospectus
Directive, except that it may make an offer of the shares to
persons who fall within the definition of qualified
investor as that term is defined in section 86(1) of
the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)
or otherwise in circumstances which do not result in an offer of
transferable securities to the public in the United Kingdom
within the meaning of the FSMA; (b) it has only
communicated or caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection
with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which
section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply; and (c) it
has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of
the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the
shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
No prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or
replacement thereto) has been prepared in connection with the
offering of the shares that has been approved by the
Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent
authority of another state that is a contracting party to the
Agreement on the European Economic Area that has been recognized
in France; no shares have been offered or sold and will be
offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France
with the exception only to qualified investors (investisseurs
qualifiés) and/or to a limited circle of investors (cercle
restreint dinvestisseurs)
92
acting for their own account as defined in article
L. 411-2 of the
French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable
regulations thereunder; none of this prospectus or any other
materials related to the offering or information contained
therein relating to the shares has been released, issued or
distributed to the public in France with the exception only to
qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a
limited circle of investors (cercle restreint
dinvestisseurs) as mentioned above; and the direct or
indirect resale to the public in France of any shares acquired
by any qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or
any investors belonging to a limited circle of investors (cercle
restreint dinvestisseurs) may be made only as provided by
articles L. 412-1
and L. 621-8 of
the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable
regulations thereunder.
The shares may not and will not be publicly offered, distributed
or redistributed in Switzerland and neither this prospectus nor
any other solicitation for investments in the shares may be
communicated or distributed in Switzerland in any way that could
constitute a public offering within the meaning of
Articles 1156 or 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations or
of Article 2 of the Federal Act on Investment Funds of
18 March 1994. This prospectus may not be copied,
reproduced, distributed or passed on to others without the
underwriters prior written consent. This prospectus is not
a prospectus within the meaning of Articles 1156 and 652a
of the Swiss Code of Obligations and may not comply with the
information standards required thereunder. The issuer will not
apply for a listing of the shares on any Swiss stock exchange or
other Swiss regulated market and this prospectus may not comply
with the information required under the relevant listing rules.
The shares have not and will not be registered with the Swiss
Federal Banking Commission and have not and will not be
authorized under the Federal Act on Investment Funds of
18 March 1994. The investor protection afforded to
acquirors of investment fund certificates by the Federal Act on
Investment Funds of 18 March 1994 does not extend to
acquirors of the shares.
The shares will not be offered, sold or delivered and copies of
this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares
will not be distributed in Italy other than to professional
investors (investitori professionali), as defined in
Article 31, paragraph 2 of
Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998
(Regulation No. 11522), and less than
200 individuals resident in Italy which have been
individually identified, in accordance with Italian securities,
tax and exchange control and all other applicable laws and
regulations, provided however, that any such offer, sale or
delivery of the shares or distribution of copies of this
prospectus or any other document relating to the shares in Italy
is:
|
|
|
|
|
made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries
permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in
accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of
September 1, 1993 (the Banking Act), Decree
No. 58 of February 24, 1998, Regulation
No. 11522, as amended, and any other applicable laws and
regulations; and |
|
|
|
in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement
or limitation which may be imposed upon the offer of the shares
stock in Italy by CONSOB. |
Electronic Distribution
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or
securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic
means, such as e-mail.
In addition, Merrill Lynch and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. will
be facilitating electronic distributions for this offering to
certain of their electronic subscription customers. Merrill
Lynch and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. intend to allocate a
limited number of shares for sale to their online brokerage
customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet
sites maintained by Merrill Lynch and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. Other than the prospectus in electronic format,
the information on the Merrill Lynch and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. Internet sites is not part of this prospectus.
93
Other Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in,
and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other
commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us.
They have received customary fees and commissions for these
transactions.
In connection with the retirement of our 8.375% senior
secured notes due October 15, 2009, we intend to engage
Lazard Capital Markets LLC to act as our financial advisor.
In connection with its services, we intend to pay Lazard Capital
Markets LLC an advisory fee of $300,000 upon the completion
of the refinancing and to indemnify them against certain
liabilities or to contribute to payments they may be required to
make in respect of those liabilities.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this
prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering will
be passed upon for us by White & Case LLP, New York,
New York. Various legal matters related to the sale of the
common stock issued in this offering will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New
York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Golfsmith International
Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and the
January 1, 2004, and for the three fiscal years in the
period ended December 31, 2005, included in this prospectus
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports
appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement,
and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given
upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
94
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1 under the
Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this
prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
in the registration statement. This prospectus omits information
contained in the registration statement as permitted by the
rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with
respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus,
reference is made to the registration statement. Statements
herein concerning the contents of any contract or other document
are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is
made to the copy of such contract or other document filed with
the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such
statement being qualified by and subject to such reference in
all respects. With respect to each such document filed with the
SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is
made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the
matter involved.
As a result of the offering hereunder, we will become subject to
the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and in accordance with such laws, will file
reports and other information with the SEC. Reports,
registration statements, proxy statements, and other information
filed by us with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F.
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information regarding
the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained
by calling
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC
maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address
of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual
reports containing, among other information, audited financial
statements certified by an independent public accounting firm
and quarterly reports containing unaudited condensed financial
information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. We
intend to furnish other reports as we may determine or as may be
required by law.
95
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. as of December 31,
2005 and January 1, 2005 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders equity and
comprehensive income and cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 2005, January 1, 2005 and January 3,
2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. at
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 2005, January 1, 2005
and January 3, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
Austin, Texas
March 10, 2006
F-2
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
4,207,497 |
|
|
$ |
8,574,966 |
|
|
Receivables, net of allowances of $146,964 at December 31,
2005 and $161,838 at January 1, 2005
|
|
|
1,646,454 |
|
|
|
854,555 |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
71,472,061 |
|
|
|
54,197,532 |
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
6,638,109 |
|
|
|
6,405,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
83,964,121 |
|
|
|
70,032,578 |
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and buildings
|
|
|
21,256,771 |
|
|
|
21,133,430 |
|
|
Equipment, furniture, fixtures
|
|
|
19,004,608 |
|
|
|
15,174,320 |
|
|
Leasehold improvements and construction in progress
|
|
|
20,866,839 |
|
|
|
15,247,612 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,128,218 |
|
|
|
51,555,362 |
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(14,558,256 |
) |
|
|
(10,647,641 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property and equipment
|
|
|
46,569,962 |
|
|
|
40,907,721 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
41,634,525 |
|
|
|
41,634,525 |
|
Tradenames
|
|
|
11,158,000 |
|
|
|
11,158,000 |
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
14,156,127 |
|
|
|
14,483,175 |
|
Customer database, net of accumulated amortization of $1,227,490
at December 31, 2005 and $849,801 at January 1, 2005
|
|
|
2,171,715 |
|
|
|
2,549,404 |
|
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of
$3,126,103 at December 31, 2005 and $2,062,104 at
January 1, 2005
|
|
|
4,731,612 |
|
|
|
5,795,611 |
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
450,208 |
|
|
|
368,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
204,836,270 |
|
|
$ |
186,929,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$ |
42,000,236 |
|
|
$ |
31,006,493 |
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
19,163,459 |
|
|
|
18,717,115 |
|
|
Lines of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
61,163,695 |
|
|
|
49,723,608 |
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities
|
|
|
82,450,000 |
|
|
|
79,808,033 |
|
Deferred rent liabilities
|
|
|
4,095,442 |
|
|
|
3,084,367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
147,709,137 |
|
|
|
132,616,008 |
|
Stockholders Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $.001 par value; 40,000,000 shares
authorized; 21,594,597 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005
|
|
|
21,594 |
|
|
|
21,594 |
|
|
|
Restricted stock units $.001 par value;
755,935 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2005 and January 1, 2005
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
Additional capital
|
|
|
60,288,607 |
|
|
|
60,288,607 |
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
135,815 |
|
|
|
279,607 |
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(3,319,639 |
) |
|
|
(6,277,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
57,127,133 |
|
|
|
54,313,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
204,836,270 |
|
|
$ |
186,929,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-4
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
January 1, 2005 | |
|
January 3, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
323,794,225 |
|
|
$ |
296,202,149 |
|
|
$ |
257,744,780 |
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
208,044,286 |
|
|
|
195,014,579 |
|
|
|
171,083,110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
115,749,939 |
|
|
|
101,187,570 |
|
|
|
86,661,670 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
99,310,158 |
|
|
|
90,763,231 |
|
|
|
73,400,271 |
|
Store pre-opening expenses
|
|
|
1,764,685 |
|
|
|
742,880 |
|
|
|
599,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
101,074,843 |
|
|
|
91,506,111 |
|
|
|
73,999,874 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
14,675,096 |
|
|
|
9,681,459 |
|
|
|
12,661,796 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(11,744,232 |
) |
|
|
(11,240,550 |
) |
|
|
(11,156,792 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
73,263 |
|
|
|
63,939 |
|
|
|
39,776 |
|
Other income
|
|
|
469,841 |
|
|
|
1,178,790 |
|
|
|
210,707 |
|
Other expense
|
|
|
(116,331 |
) |
|
|
(16,530 |
) |
|
|
(46,270 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
3,357,637 |
|
|
|
(332,892 |
) |
|
|
1,709,217 |
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(400,003 |
) |
|
|
(4,422,724 |
) |
|
|
(644,953 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
2,957,634 |
|
|
$ |
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
$ |
1,064,264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of
common stock
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,668,785 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
See accompanying notes.
F-5
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Units | |
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Additional | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
Income | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Equity | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at December 28, 2002
|
|
|
20,077,931 |
|
|
$ |
20,078 |
|
|
|
839,268 |
|
|
$ |
839 |
|
|
$ |
55,990,042 |
|
|
$ |
48,148 |
|
|
$ |
(2,585,921 |
) |
|
$ |
53,473,186 |
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
1,433,333 |
|
|
|
1,433 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,298,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,299,998 |
|
Conversion of restricted stock
|
|
|
83,333 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
(83,333 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustments, cumulative translation gain of $186,877
at January 3, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138,729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138,729 |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,064,264 |
|
|
|
1,064,264 |
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,202,993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 3, 2004
|
|
|
21,594,597 |
|
|
$ |
21,594 |
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
$ |
756 |
|
|
$ |
60,288,607 |
|
|
$ |
186,877 |
|
|
$ |
(1,521,657 |
) |
|
$ |
58,976,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustments, cumulative translation gain of $279,607
at January 1, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,730 |
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
|
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,662,886 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2005
|
|
|
21,594,597 |
|
|
$ |
21,594 |
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
$ |
756 |
|
|
$ |
60,288,607 |
|
|
$ |
279,607 |
|
|
$ |
(6,277,273 |
) |
|
$ |
54,313,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustments, cumulative translation gain of $135,815
at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(143,792 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(143,792 |
) |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,957,634 |
|
|
|
2,957,634 |
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,813,842 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
21,594,597 |
|
|
$ |
21,594 |
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
$ |
756 |
|
|
$ |
60,288,607 |
|
|
$ |
135,815 |
|
|
$ |
(3,319,639 |
) |
|
$ |
57,127,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-6
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
2,957,634 |
|
|
$ |
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
$ |
1,064,264 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
5,489,782 |
|
|
|
5,261,001 |
|
|
|
4,850,711 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
|
|
377,690 |
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
|
Amortization of debt issue costs and debt discount
|
|
|
3,705,966 |
|
|
|
3,300,169 |
|
|
|
3,011,179 |
|
|
Non-cash loss on write-off of property and equipment
|
|
|
1,480,601 |
|
|
|
476,713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss (gain) on sale of real estate and other assets
|
|
|
(370,613 |
) |
|
|
(1,064,045 |
) |
|
|
3,069 |
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(791,899 |
) |
|
|
525,737 |
|
|
|
(1,109,008 |
) |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(17,274,529 |
) |
|
|
(2,982,474 |
) |
|
|
(14,196,793 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
(232,584 |
) |
|
|
(3,037,537 |
) |
|
|
379,638 |
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,162,096 |
|
|
|
179,970 |
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(81,923 |
) |
|
|
(321,352 |
) |
|
|
(56,333 |
) |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
10,993,743 |
|
|
|
9,425,215 |
|
|
|
5,931,850 |
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
433,246 |
|
|
|
1,952,201 |
|
|
|
2,632,298 |
|
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
1,011,075 |
|
|
|
2,000,856 |
|
|
|
570,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
7,698,188 |
|
|
|
15,320,654 |
|
|
|
3,638,721 |
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(12,655,232 |
) |
|
|
(8,567,480 |
) |
|
|
(5,759,429 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of real estate and other assets
|
|
|
731,463 |
|
|
|
2,105,000 |
|
|
|
18,046 |
|
Purchase of assets and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(956,676 |
) |
Purchase of business, net of cash received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,585,560 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(11,923,769 |
) |
|
|
(6,462,480 |
) |
|
|
(15,283,619 |
) |
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on lines of credit
|
|
|
(47,198,103 |
) |
|
|
(33,524,025 |
) |
|
|
(27,178,727 |
) |
Proceeds from lines of credit
|
|
|
47,198,103 |
|
|
|
32,106,986 |
|
|
|
28,595,766 |
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,299,998 |
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(82,410 |
) |
Other
|
|
|
(2,244 |
) |
|
|
(6,607 |
) |
|
|
(23,264 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(2,244 |
) |
|
|
(1,423,646 |
) |
|
|
5,611,363 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(139,644 |
) |
|
|
89,894 |
|
|
|
134,506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(4,367,469 |
) |
|
|
7,524,422 |
|
|
|
(5,899,029 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
8,574,966 |
|
|
|
1,050,544 |
|
|
|
6,949,573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$ |
4,207,497 |
|
|
$ |
8,574,966 |
|
|
$ |
1,050,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
$ |
8,031,328 |
|
|
$ |
7,968,535 |
|
|
$ |
7,130,032 |
|
Tax payments
|
|
|
724,766 |
|
|
|
304,180 |
|
|
|
699,198 |
|
Amortization of discount on senior secured notes
|
|
|
2,641,967 |
|
|
|
2,325,564 |
|
|
|
2,102,424 |
|
See accompanying notes.
F-7
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005
|
|
1. |
Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies |
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. (Holdings or
the Company) is a multi-channel, specialty retailer
of golf and tennis equipment and related apparel and accessories
and is a designer and marketer of golf equipment. The Company
offers golf equipment from top national brands as well as its
own proprietary brands and also offers clubmaking capabilities.
The Company markets its products through 52 superstores as well
as through its
direct-to-consumer
channels, which include its clubmaking and consumer catalogs and
its Internet site. The Company also operates the Harvey Penick
Golf Academy, an instructional school incorporating the
techniques of the well-known golf instructor, the late Harvey
Penick.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
(Holdings) and its wholly owned subsidiary Golfsmith
International, Inc. (Golfsmith). Holdings has no
operations nor does it have any assets or liabilities other than
its investment in its wholly owned subsidiary. Accordingly,
these consolidated financial statements represent the operations
of Golfsmith and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and use assumptions that
affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Although
management uses the best information available, it is reasonably
possible that the estimates used by the Company will be
materially different from the actual results. These differences
could have a material effect on the Companys future
results of operations and financial position. The Company uses
estimates when accounting for goodwill and other indefinite
lived intangible assets, depreciation and amortization,
allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, allowance for
obsolete inventory and allowance for sales returns.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year
financial statements to conform to the current year
presentation. A reclassification of $6.2 million was made
to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2005 to
decrease both cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable in
connection with outstanding checks written but not presented for
payment prior to the balance sheet date. Reclassifications of
$1.8 million and $4.5 million were made to the
consolidated balance sheets as of January 3, 2004 and
December 28, 2002, respectively, to decrease both cash and
cash equivalents and accounts payable in connection with
outstanding checks written but not presented for payment prior
to the balance sheet date. The reclassifications are the result
of the Company funding the related cash accounts at the time the
outstanding checks are presented for payment, which has
historically been after the date on which the reporting period
ends, instead of the date on which the checks are written. All
reclassifications have been appropriately recorded in the
consolidated statements of cash flows. Certain prior year
amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation.
F-8
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
Cash equivalents consist of commercial paper and other
investments that are readily convertible into cash and have
maturities when purchased of three months or less.
Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts due from
credit card merchants who process the Companys credit card
sales and remit the proceeds to the Company. Allowances are made
based on historical data for estimatable unrecoverable amounts.
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods (i.e., golf and
tennis equipment and accessories) and are stated at the lower of
cost (weighted average) or market. Inbound freight charges,
import fees and vendor discounts are capitalized into inventory
upon receipt of the purchased goods. These costs are included in
cost of products sold upon the sale of the respective inventory
item. Inventory values are reduced for anticipated physical
inventory losses, such as theft, that have occurred since the
last physical inventory date on a location-by-location basis, as
well as anticipated amounts of carrying value over the amount
expected to be realized from the ultimate sale or other disposal
of the inventory.
|
|
|
Concentration of Foreign Suppliers |
A significant portion of sales of the Companys proprietary
products are from products supplied by manufacturers located
outside of the United States, primarily in Asia. While the
Company is not dependent on any single manufacturer outside the
U.S., the Company could be adversely affected by political or
economic disruptions affecting the business or operations of
third-party manufacturers located outside of the U.S.
Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets, generally 5 to 10 years
for equipment, furniture, and fixtures and 40 years for
buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the related
lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvement. The
Company capitalizes eligible internal-use software development
costs in accordance with AICPA Statement of
Position 981, Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Development
costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the
software. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
The Company accounts for the impairment or disposal of
long-lived assets in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, which requires long-lived
assets, such as property and equipment, to be evaluated for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An
impairment loss is recognized when estimated future undiscounted
cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net
proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are
less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment
loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced
to its estimated fair value in the period in which the
determination is made. Included in selling, general and
administrative
F-9
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
expenses for fiscal 2005 is a $1.5 million non-cash loss on
the write-off of property and equipment. The losses were
primarily due to the remodeling of stores and the modification
of one store to a smaller store layout, which resulted in
certain assets having little or no future economic value.
Included in selling, general and administrative expenses for
fiscal 2004 is a $477,000 non-cash loss on the write-off of
property and equipment. The loss was primarily due to one store
relocation and two anticipated retail store relocations, which
resulted in certain assets having little or no future economic
value.
Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are adjusted to fair
value less cost to sell and are reclassified to a current asset
in the period in which the established held for sale
criteria of SFAS No. 144 are met.
Long-lived assets to be disposed of other than by sale are
classified as held-and-used until the disposal occurs.
Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying
amount over the fair value of those assets and is recorded in
the period in which the determination was made and is recorded
in continuing operations until the related assets are disposed
of.
|
|
|
Store Pre-opening and Closing Expenses |
Costs associated with the opening of a new store, which include
costs associated with hiring and training personnel, supplies
and certain occupancy and miscellaneous costs related to new
locations, are expensed as incurred. When the Company decides to
close a store, the Company recognizes an expense related to the
future lease obligation net of estimated sublease rental income,
non-recoverable investments in related fixed assets and other
expenses directly related to the discontinuance of operations in
accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting For Costs
Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities. These charges
require the Company to make judgments about exit costs to be
incurred for employee severance, lease terminations, inventory
to be disposed of, and other liabilities. The ability to obtain
agreements with lessors, to terminate leases or to assign leases
to third parties can materially affect the accuracy of these
estimates.
The Company leases stores under operating leases. Store lease
agreements often include rent holidays, rent escalation clauses
and contingent rent provisions for percentage of sales in excess
of specified levels. Most of the Companys lease agreements
include renewal periods at the Companys option. The
Company recognizes rent holiday periods and scheduled rent
increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning
with the date the Company takes possession of the leased space.
The Company records tenant improvement allowances and rent
holidays as deferred rent liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheets and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of
the lease to rent expense on the consolidated statements of
operations. The Company records rent liabilities on the
consolidated balance sheets for contingent percentage of sales
lease provisions when the Company determines that it is probable
that the specified levels will be reached during the fiscal
year. The Company records direct costs incurred to effect a
lease in other long-term assets and amortizes these costs on a
straight-line basis over the lease term beginning with the date
the Company takes possession of the leased space.
The Company has entered into certain sublease agreements with
third parties to sublease retail space previously occupied by
the Company. Sublease income is recorded on a straight-line
basis over the term of the sublease as a reduction of rent
expense.
F-10
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
In accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency
Translation, the financial statements of the Companys
international operations are translated into U.S. dollars
using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date for assets
and liabilities, the historical exchange rate for
stockholders equity, and a weighted average exchange rate
for each period for revenues, expenses, and gains and losses.
Foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a
separate component of stockholders equity as the local
currency is the functional currency. Gains and losses from
foreign currency denominated transactions are included in
Other income or Other expense in the
consolidated statement of operations and were not significant
for the years presented.
|
|
|
Concentrations of Credit Risk |
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash, cash
equivalents and accounts receivable. Excess cash is invested in
high-quality, short-term, liquid money instruments issued by
highly rated financial institutions. Concentration of credit
risk with respect to the Companys receivables relates
primarily to the Companys arrangements with a select
number of national brand credit card companies and is minimized
due to the large number of customer transactions and short
settlement terms with the credit card companies.
The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses
resulting from non-collection of customer receivables based on:
historical collection experience, age of the receivable balance,
both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic
conditions. The Company generally does not require collateral.
|
|
|
Fair Value of Financial Instruments |
Fair value and carrying amounts for financial instruments may
differ due to instruments that provide fixed interest rates or
contain fixed interest rate elements. Such instruments are
subject to fluctuations in fair value due to subsequent
movements in interest rates. The carrying value of the
Companys financial instruments approximates fair value,
except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed rate
debt, which are discussed in Note 5. Fair value for such
instruments is based on estimates using present value or other
valuation techniques.
The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following
criteria are met: 1) there is persuasive evidence that an
arrangement exists, 2) delivery of goods has occurred,
3) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and
4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Company recognizes retail sales at the time the customer
takes possession of the merchandise and purchases are paid for,
primarily with either cash or credit card.
Catalog and e-commerce
sales are recorded upon shipment of merchandise. This policy is
based on: (1) the customer has generally already paid for
the goods with a credit card, thus minimal collectibility risk
exists, (2) the equipment being shipped is complete and
ready for shipment at the time of shipment, (3) the Company
has no further obligations once the product is shipped, and
(4) the Company records an allowance for estimated returns
in the period of sale.
The Company recognizes revenue from the Harvey Penick Golf
Academy instructional school at the time the services are
performed.
F-11
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
The Company sells gift cards to its customers in their retail
stores, through their Web site and through their Austin, Texas
call center. The Companys gift cards have an expiration
date of two years, except in states or jurisdictions where
prohibited by law. The Company does not deduct non-usage fees
from outstanding gift card values.
The Company recognizes revenue from gift cards when (1) the
gift card is redeemed by the customer or (2) the likelihood
of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (gift
card breakage), and the Company determines that there is no
legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards
to the relevant jurisdictions. Gift card breakage is based on
the redemption recognition method. Estimated breakage is
calculated and recognized as revenue over a 48-month period
following the gift card sale, in amounts based on the historical
redemption patterns of used gift cards. During fiscal 2005, the
Company concluded that it had accumulated sufficient historical
gift card information to accurately calculate estimated
breakage. Amounts in excess of the total estimated breakage, if
any, will be recognized as revenue at the end of the 48 months
following the gift card sale, at which time the Company deems
the likelihood of any further redemptions to be remote, and
provided that such amounts are not required to be remitted to
the relevant jurisdictions. Gift card breakage income is
included in net revenue in the consolidated statements of
operations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the
Company recognized $0.9 million in net revenues related to
the initial recognition of gift card breakage.
For all merchandise sales, the Company reserves for sales
returns in the period of sale through estimates based on
historical experience.
The Company offers sales incentives that entitle its customers
to receive a reduction in the price of a product or service.
Sales incentives that entitle a customer to receive a reduction
in the price of a product or service by submitting a claim for a
refund or rebate are recognized as a reduction to revenue at the
time the products are sold. Sales incentives that entitle a
customer to free product are recognized as a cost of products
sold.
|
|
|
Shipping and Handling Costs |
Amounts billed to customers in sales transactions related to
shipping and handling, if any, are included in revenues.
Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company are included
in cost of products sold.
|
|
|
Vendor Rebates and Promotions |
The Company receives income from certain merchandise suppliers
in the form of rebates and promotions. Agreements are made with
individual suppliers and income is earned as buying levels are
met and/or cooperative advertising is placed.
Rebate income is recorded as a reduction of the cost of
inventory purchased from the respective supplier and is
recognized as cost of goods sold when the related merchandise is
sold. Vendor rebate income received and recorded as a reduction
of cost of products sold was $0.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2005, $1.0 million for the year
ended January 1, 2005 and $0.8 million for the year
ended January 3, 2004.
Cooperative promotional income received for reimbursements of
incremental direct costs are recorded as a reduction of selling,
general and administrative expenses. Any promotional income
received that does not pertain to incremental direct costs is
recorded as a reduction of inventory purchased and is
F-12
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
recognized as cost of goods sold when the related merchandise is
sold. Cooperative promotional income received and recorded as a
reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses was
approximately $2.6 million for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005, $2.0 million for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005 and $1.2 million for the fiscal
year ended January 3, 2004. Cooperative promotional income
received and recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold was
approximately $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005. There were no cooperative promotional
income amounts recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold in
either the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005 or the fiscal
year ended January 3, 2004.
The uncollected amounts of vendor rebate and promotional income
remaining in prepaid and other current assets in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31,
2005 and January 1, 2005 was approximately
$1.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability
method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted income tax rates in effect for the year in which
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in income tax rates is recognized in the statement of
operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A
valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts
of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such
assets will not be realized.
|
|
|
Catalog Costs and Advertising |
Catalog costs are amortized over the expected revenue stream,
which typically ranges between two and twelve months from the
date the catalogs are mailed. The Company had $0.5 million
and $0.3 million in catalog costs capitalized at
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, respectively.
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs,
net of cooperative advertising income, totaled approximately
$16.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005, $15.9 million for the fiscal year ended
January 1, 2005 and $14.4 million for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004. These amounts include amortization
of catalog costs of approximately $8.9 million for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, $10.5 million for
the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005 and $8.6 million
for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2004.
Issuance costs are deferred and amortized to interest expense
using the interest method over the terms of the related debt.
Amortization of such costs for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005, January 1, 2005 and January 3,
2004 totaled approximately $1.1 million, $1.0 million
and $0.9 million, respectively.
F-13
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Goodwill and Intangible Assets |
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair
value of net assets acquired, or net liabilities assumed, in a
business combination. Beginning in 2002, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the
Company assesses the carrying value of its goodwill and other
intangible assets with indefinite lives for indications of
impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill or
intangible asset may be impaired.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first
step of the impairment analysis compares the fair value of the
company or reporting unit to the net book value of the company
or reporting unit. The Company allocates goodwill to one
enterprise-level reporting unit for impairment testing. In
determining fair value, the Company utilizes a blended approach
and calculates fair value based on discounted cash flow analysis
and revenue and earnings multiples based on industry
comparables. Step two of the analysis compares the implied fair
value of goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount
of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss
is recognized equal to that excess. The Company performs its
annual test for goodwill impairment on the first day of the
fourth fiscal quarter of each year.
The Company tests for possible impairment of intangible assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable based on
managements projections of estimated future discounted
cash flows and other valuation methodologies. Factors that are
considered by management in performing this assessment include,
but are not limited to, our performance relative to our
projected or historical results, our intended use of the assets
and our strategy for our overall business, as well as industry
and economic trends. In the event that the book value of
intangibles is determined to be impaired, such impairments are
measured using a combination of a discounted cash flow
valuation, with a discount rate determined to be commensurate
with the risk inherent in our current business model, and other
valuation methodologies. To the extent these future projections
or our strategies change, our estimates regarding impairment may
differ from our current estimates.
Identifiable intangible assets consist of trademarks, the
Golfsmith tradename and customer databases acquired. The
customer database intangible asset is considered a definite
lived intangible asset in accordance with SFAS No. 142
and is being amortized using the straight-line method over its
estimated useful life of 9 years. Both the trademark and
tradename intangible assets are considered indefinite lived
intangible assets under SFAS No. 142. As such,
amortization for these indefinite lived assets is replaced with
periodic impairment review.
It is the Companys policy to value intangible assets at
the lower of unamortized cost or fair value. Management reviews
the valuation and amortization of intangible assets on a
periodic basis, taking into consideration any events or
circumstances that might result in diminished fair value. The
Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of its
identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any
events or circumstances which might result in a diminished fair
value or revised useful life.
|
|
|
Insurance and Self-Insurance Reserves |
The Company is primarily self-insured for employee health
benefits. The Company records its self-insurance liability based
on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet
reported. If more claims are made than were estimated or if the
costs of actual claims increases beyond what was anticipated,
reserves recorded may not be sufficient and additional accruals
may be required in future periods.
F-14
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans
under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related
interpretations. The following table illustrates the effect on
net income, if the Company had applied the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure, An Amendment
of FASB Statement No. 123.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Income (loss) as reported
|
|
$ |
2,957,634 |
|
|
$ |
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
$ |
1,064,264 |
|
Total stock-based compensation cost, net of related tax effects
included in the determination of net income (loss) as reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The stock-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax
effects, that would have been included in the determination of
net income (loss) if the fair value based method had been
applied to all awards
|
|
|
(226,531 |
) |
|
|
(156,012 |
) |
|
|
(97,585 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
2,731,103 |
|
|
$ |
(4,911,628 |
) |
|
$ |
966,679 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted as reported
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
Basic and diluted pro forma
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. See Recently
Issued Accounting Standards below for additional information.
The Company applies SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The
Company has one operating segment consisting of net tangible
recreational sporting good products. The Companys chief
operating decision maker is considered to be the Chief Executive
Officer. The chief operating decision maker allocates resources
and assesses performance of the business and other activities at
the operating segment level.
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to
December 31. Fiscal year 2003 consisted of 53 weeks.
Fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 each consisted of 52 weeks.
|
|
|
Recently Issued Accounting Standards |
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment,
(SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R addresses the accounting for
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options. Under the new standard, companies will no longer
be able to account for share-based compensation transactions
using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB Opinion
No. 25. Instead, companies will be required to account for
such transactions using a fair-value method and
F-15
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
recognize the expense in the consolidated statement of income.
The Company expects to use the Black-Scholes option pricing
model to determine the fair value of the Companys
stock-based awards. SFAS 123R requires companies to use
either the modified-prospective or modified-retrospective
transition method. The Company intends to use the
modified-prospective transition method. Under this method,
compensation cost is recognized for all awards granted, modified
or settled after the adoption date as well as for any awards
that were granted prior to the adoption date for which the
requisite service has not yet been rendered. SFAS 123R was
originally effective for reporting periods that began after
June 15, 2005. In April 2005, the SEC announced the
adoption of a new rule allowing companies to implement
SFAS 123R at the beginning of their next fiscal year that
begins after June 15, 2005. The Company intends to adopt
SFAS 123R at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal
2006. The Company expects that the adoption of SFAS 123R
will have a significant negative impact on its results of
operations, but will not impact its overall financial position.
The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at
this time because it will depend on levels of share-based grants
in the future.
In June 2005, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-6, Determining the
Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after
Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination (EITF
No. 05-6). EITF No. 05-6 provides guidance on the
amortization period for leasehold improvements in operating
leases that are either acquired after the beginning of the
initial lease term or acquired as the result of a business
combination. This guidance requires leasehold improvements
purchased after the beginning of the initial lease term to be
amortized over the shorter of the assets useful life or a
term that includes the original lease term plus any renewals
that are reasonably assured at the date the leasehold
improvements are purchased. This guidance is effective for
reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005. The
adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the
Companys net income, cash flows or financial position.
|
|
|
Don Sherwood Golf & Tennis |
On July 24, 2003, the Company acquired all issued and
outstanding shares of Don Sherwood Golf & Tennis
(Sherwood) for a total purchase price of
$9.2 million, including related acquisition costs of
$0.4 million. The Company believes that the Sherwood
acquisition supports the Companys goals of expanding its
national presence while gaining exposure to one of the
countrys top golf markets in San Francisco,
California. The Company acquired all six Sherwood retail stores
as part of the acquisition. The operations of Sherwood stores
are included in the Companys consolidated statement of
operations and cash flows as of July 25, 2003.
In conjunction with the acquisition of Sherwood, the Company
issued 1,433,333 shares of common stock to existing
stockholders, including its majority stockholder, for
consideration of $4.3 million. The proceeds from the
issuance of common stock were used to fund a portion of the
acquisition of Sherwood. The issuance of these additional shares
increased the majority stockholders 79.7% controlling
interest in the Company to an 80.9% controlling interest,
including issued restricted common stock units, which entitle
the holders to shares of the Companys common stock, and
excluding outstanding stock options.
The total purchase consideration has been allocated to the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including property and
equipment, inventory and identifiable intangible assets, based
on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Such
allocation resulted in goodwill of $6.3 million. Goodwill
is assigned at the reporting unit level and is not deductible
for income tax purposes.
F-16
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
Contingent consideration of $1.3 million was placed in an
escrow account by the Company to secure certain indemnification
obligations of the selling shareholder. Pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the escrow agreement, these funds were
released from the escrow account and disbursed to the selling
shareholder on June 17, 2004.
On May 22, 2003, the Company acquired the assets and
technology of Zevo Golf Co., Inc. (Zevo). The total
purchase consideration has been allocated to the assets
acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, based on
their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. The
allocation of the purchase price did not have a material impact
on the affected accounts. As a result of the acquisition,
Golfsmith has obtained additional technology through the
patented PreLoaded technology for drivers and
Flying Buttress design for irons as well as an
additional proprietary label.
The following is a summary of the Companys intangible
assets that are subject to amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Customer database gross carrying amount
|
|
$ |
3,399,205 |
|
|
$ |
3,399,205 |
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,227,490 |
) |
|
|
(849,801 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer database net carrying amount
|
|
$ |
2,171,715 |
|
|
$ |
2,549,404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense was approximately $378,000 for each
of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005,
January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004, and is recorded
in selling, general and administration costs on the consolidated
statement of operations.
Estimated future annual amortization expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
377,689 |
|
2007
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
2008
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
2009
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
2010
|
|
|
377,689 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
283,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,171,715 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
Long-term debt at December 31, 2005 and January 1,
2005 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Senior secured notes due October 15, 2009 (see discussion
below)
|
|
$ |
93,750,000 |
|
|
$ |
93,750,000 |
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
93,750,000 |
|
|
|
93,750,000 |
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion
|
|
|
93,750,000 |
|
|
|
93,750,000 |
|
Unamortized discount on senior secured notes
|
|
|
(11,300,000 |
) |
|
|
(13,941,967 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of discount
|
|
$ |
82,450,000 |
|
|
$ |
79,808,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005, the annual maturities of long-term
debt were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
18,750,000 |
|
2008
|
|
|
9,375,000 |
|
2009
|
|
|
65,625,000 |
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
93,750,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
On October 15, 2002, concurrent with the acquisition of
Golfsmith by Holdings, Golfsmith completed an offering of
$93.75 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of
8.375% senior secured notes (the notes) due in
2009 at a discount of 20%, or $18.75 million. Interest
payments are required semi-annually on March 1 and
September 1, beginning on March 1, 2003. The notes
rank equal in right with any other senior indebtedness,
including indebtedness under Golfsmiths senior credit
facility. The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, up
to an aggregate principal amount at maturity of
$93.75 million, by both Holdings and all existing and
future Golfsmith domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31,
2005 and January 1, 2005, the notes were guaranteed,
jointly and severally, by all Golfsmith subsidiaries.
The notes and each guarantee is secured by all of
Golfsmiths real property, equipment and proceeds thereof
as well as by substantially all of Golfsmiths other assets.
Golfsmith has the option to redeem some or all of the notes at
any time prior to October 15, 2006 at a make-whole
redemption price. On or after October 15, 2006, Golfsmith
has the option to redeem some or all of the notes at a
redemption price that will decrease ratably from 106.5% of
accreted value to 100.0% of accreted value on October 15,
2008, in all cases plus accrued but unpaid interest. The
accreted value of the notes at December 31, 2005 that is
recorded on the Companys consolidated balance sheet is
$82.5 million.
F-18
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
The terms of the notes require Golfsmith to make partial pro
rata redemptions of the principal amount at maturity of each
note, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentages of | |
|
|
Notes Required | |
Mandatory Redemption Date |
|
to be Redeemed | |
|
|
| |
October 15, 2007
|
|
|
20% |
|
October 15, 2008
|
|
|
10% |
|
The redemption requirements may be reduced by the aggregate
principal amount at maturity of any notes Golfsmith has
previously repurchased.
Additionally, subsequent to fiscal 2003, Golfsmith is required
under the notes to (i) offer to repurchase a portion of the
notes at 100% of their accreted value within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year with 50% of Golfsmiths excess
cash flow, as defined in the agreement; (ii) under certain
circumstances, Golfsmith is required to repurchase the notes at
specified redemption prices in the event of a change in control.
As of the end of fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, the Company
determined that it did not have any excess cash flow, as defined
in the indenture, and thus the Company is not required to offer
to repurchase any of the notes.
Additionally, the terms of the notes limit the ability of
Golfsmith to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness,
dispose of assets, make acquisitions, make other investments,
pay dividends and make various other payments. The terms of the
notes also contain certain other covenants, including a
restriction on capital expenditures. In September 2004, the
indenture governing the notes was amended to (i) provide
that Golfsmith and its subsidiaries are not required to obtain
leasehold mortgages on leases which are acquired by Golfsmith
through an acquisition or similar transaction or upon any
renewal or replacement of a lease, (ii) revise the covenant
limiting capital expenditures (as defined in the indenture) and
the definition of capital expenditure basket (as defined in the
indenture) to provide that Golfsmiths capital expenditure
limitations are calculated on a fiscal year, or annual, basis
rather than a rolling four quarters basis and
(iii) clarify that any new subsidiary of Golfsmith which
becomes a restricted subsidiary under the indenture is subject
only to the same security provisions of the indenture as those
to which existing restricted subsidiaries are subject. In March
2005, the indenture was further amended by revising the
definition of capital expenditure basket to increase by
$5.0 million the limitation on capital expenditures that
may be made by Golfsmith or the guarantors of the notes during
any given fiscal year. As of December 31, 2005 and
January 1, 2005, Golfsmith was in compliance with the
covenants imposed by the notes.
The notes are recorded on the December 31, 2005 and
January 1, 2005 balance sheets net of an original issuance
discount of $18.75 million that is being amortized to
interest expense over the term of the notes using the interest
method.
The fair value of long-term debt approximated $77.8 million and
$85.3 million as of December 31, 2005, and January 1,
2005, respectively, based on the ask prices quoted from external
sources, compared with carrying values of $82.5 million and
$79.8 million, respectively.
On October 15, 2002, concurrent with the acquisition of
Golfsmith by Holdings, the Company entered into a new senior
credit facility with a third party for up to $10.0 million
(subject to required reserve of $500,000) in available revolver
funds. Additionally, the senior credit facility allows for up to
$1.0 million in authorized letters of credit. In February
2004, the senior credit facility was amended in order to
increase the borrowing availability from $10 million to
$12.5 million, in each case subject to
F-19
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
required reserves of $500,000. Borrowings under the senior
credit facility are secured by substantially all of
Golfsmiths current and future assets, excluding real
property, equipment and proceeds thereof owned by Golfsmith,
Holdings, or Golfsmiths subsidiaries, and all of
Golfsmiths stock and equivalent equity interest in any
subsidiaries. The senior credit facility is fully guaranteed by
Holdings.
The senior credit facility has a term of 4.5 years and
available amounts under the facility are based on a borrowing
base. The borrowing base is limited to 85% of the net amount of
eligible receivables, as defined in the agreement, plus the
lesser of (i) 65% of the value of eligible inventory,
(ii) 60% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible
inventory, and (iii) an availability block of
$2.5 million.
The senior credit facility contains restrictive covenants which,
among other things, limit: (i) additional indebtedness,
(ii) dividends, (iii) capital expenditures, and
(iv) acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations. As of
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, the Company was
in compliance with all covenants in the credit facility.
In March 2005, several financial covenants in the senior credit
facility were amended in order to (1) increase the limit on
capital expenditures in each fiscal year to the greater of
(a) one-third of our EBITDA (as defined in the senior
credit facility) in the immediately preceding fiscal year and
(b) the sum of: (i) $12.0 million, (ii) the
amount, if any, of the excess cash flow offer (as described
above) made and not accepted by the holders of the senior
secured notes during the immediately preceding fiscal year, and
(iii) any amounts, up to an aggregate of $1,000,000,
previously permitted to be made as capital expenditures that
have not previously been made as capital expenditures,
(2) to delete covenants regarding minimum interest coverage
ratios and minimum earnings levels for the fiscal period ending
on or about September 30, 2004 and all fiscal periods
thereafter, and (3) to amend the definition of borrowing
base in the senior credit facility to include an availability
block of $2.5 million, as used to calculate maximum
indebtedness under the senior credit facility.
Borrowings under the credit facility may be made, at the
Companys option, as either an index rate loan or a LIBOR
rate loan. Index rate loans bear interest at the higher of
(1) The Wall Street Journal posted base rate on corporate
loans or (2) the federal funds rate, in each case plus 1%.
LIBOR rate loans bear interest at a rate based on LIBOR plus
2.5%. A fee of 2.5% per annum of the amount available under
outstanding letters of credit is due and payable monthly. The
weighted-average interest rate on borrowings under the senior
credit facility during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 was 6.5% and
5.0%, respectively. The Company is required to pay commitment
fees of 0.50% of the undrawn availability as calculated under
the agreement. These fees were not significant for all years
presented for which the senior credit facility was effective. At
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, the Company had
no borrowings outstanding under the senior credit facility.
|
|
6. |
Store Closure and Asset Impairments |
The Company has closed five retail locations since its inception
due to poor operating performance and the lack of market
penetration being derived from these single-market stores. Store
closure costs include writedowns of leasehold improvements and
store equipment to estimated fair values and lease termination
costs. During fiscal 2005, the Company closed two retail
locations due to expiration of lease terms. There were not any
expenses associated with either closed store recorded in
accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting For Costs
Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities. In both
instances in fiscal 2005 where the Company closed a store, a new
store was subsequently opened in fiscal 2005 to serve the same
customer base of the closed stores. The Company did not close
any stores in fiscal 2004 or fiscal 2003 as a result of poor
operating performance.
F-20
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
The Company calculates and records impairment charges on
long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. These charges
have historically been recorded when the Company remodels an
existing store or makes the decision to remodel an existing
store, thus rendering certain fixed assets and leasehold
improvements impaired.
|
|
7. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
The Company leases certain store locations under operating
leases that provide for annual payments that, in some cases,
increase over the life of the lease. The aggregate of the
minimum annual payments is expensed on a straight-line basis
over the term of the related lease without consideration of
renewal option periods. The lease agreements contain provisions
that require the Company to pay for normal repairs and
maintenance, property taxes, and insurance. Rent expense was
$14.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2005, $12.8 million for the fiscal year ended
January 1, 2005, and $9.5 million for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004.
At December 31, 2005, future minimum payments due and
sublease income to be received under non-cancelable operating
leases with initial terms of one year or more are as follows for
each of the fiscal years presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating | |
|
|
|
|
Lease | |
|
Sublease | |
|
|
Obligations | |
|
Income | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
2006
|
|
$ |
16,903,668 |
|
|
$ |
1,182,208 |
|
2007
|
|
|
17,755,669 |
|
|
|
1,188,496 |
|
2008
|
|
|
16,789,323 |
|
|
|
1,015,110 |
|
2009
|
|
|
15,819,428 |
|
|
|
818,952 |
|
2010
|
|
|
15,492,741 |
|
|
|
405,734 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
63,877,650 |
|
|
|
1,008,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$ |
146,638,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum sublease rentals
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,619,461 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent consists of either or both of (1) a step-rent
accrual related to the Companys store leases and
(2) a lease incentive obligation related to tenant
incentives received by the Company pursuant to an operating
lease agreement. In accordance with SFAS No. 13,
Accounting for Leases, rental expense for the
Companys store leases is recognized on a straight-line
basis even though a majority of the store leases contain
escalation clauses.
Golfsmith has entered into certain sublease agreements with
third parties to sublease retail space previously occupied by
Golfsmith. The sublease terms ending dates range from 2008 to
2013. Sublease income recorded as a reduction of rent expense
was $0.7 million in fiscal 2005, $0.4 million in
fiscal 2004, $0.3 million in fiscal 2003. Future minimum
sublease payments to be received by Golfsmith over the terms of
the leases are noted in the table above.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with James D.
Thompson, the Companys president and chief executive
officer, and with Virginia Bunte, the Companys senior vice
president, chief
F-21
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
financial officer and treasurer. The Company has also entered
into employment agreements with Carl Paul, one of our directors
and a stockholder, and Franklin Paul, one of our stockholders,
to provide advisory services.
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising in
the ordinary course of conducting business. The Company believes
that the ultimate outcome of such matters, in the aggregate,
will not have a material adverse impact on its financial
position, liquidity or results of operations.
Holdings and all of Golfsmiths existing domestic
subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee, and all of
Golfsmiths future domestic subsidiaries will guarantee,
both the senior secured notes issued by Golfsmith in October
2002 and the senior credit facility. The senior secured notes
mature in October 2009 with certain mandatory redemption
features. Interest payments are required on a semi-annual basis
on the senior secured notes at an annual interest rate of
8.375%. At December 31, 2005, there were no amounts
outstanding under the senior credit facility and
$82.5 million outstanding on the senior secured notes.
Holdings has no assets or liabilities other than its investment
in its wholly owned subsidiary Golfsmith and did not have
operations prior to the acquisition of Golfsmith. Golfsmith has
no independent operations nor any assets or liabilities other
than its investments in its wholly owned subsidiaries. Domestic
subsidiaries of Golfsmith comprise all of Golfsmiths
assets, liabilities and operations. There are no restrictions on
the transfer of funds between Holdings, Golfsmith and any of
Golfsmiths domestic subsidiaries.
The Company offers warranties to its customers depending on the
specific product and terms of the goods purchased. A typical
warranty program requires that the Company replace defective
products within a specified time period from the date of sale.
The Company records warranty costs as they are incurred and
historically such costs have not been material. For all periods
presented, warranty costs were immaterial.
|
|
9. |
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities |
The Companys accrued expenses and other current
liabilities are comprised of the following at December 31,
2005 and January 1, 2005, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Salaries and benefits
|
|
$ |
2,927,440 |
|
|
$ |
1,791,931 |
|
Interest
|
|
|
2,654,411 |
|
|
|
2,647,670 |
|
Allowance for returns reserve
|
|
|
671,742 |
|
|
|
1,326,394 |
|
Gift certificates
|
|
|
8,091,210 |
|
|
|
7,521,148 |
|
Taxes
|
|
|
2,704,282 |
|
|
|
3,169,661 |
|
Other
|
|
|
2,114,374 |
|
|
|
2,260,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
19,163,459 |
|
|
$ |
18,717,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
10. |
Other Income and Expense |
Other income was $0.5 million in fiscal 2005,
$1.2 million in fiscal 2004 and $0.2 million in fiscal
2003. During fiscal 2005, Golfsmith sold its trademarks for
Lynx®
in Taiwan and Korea to third parties. Golfsmith received
proceeds of $0.7 million during fiscal 2005 and will
receive additional proceeds over the next three years of
$0.8 million for purchase price consideration. The gain on
the sales recorded in fiscal 2005 was $0.3 million and is
recorded in other income in the statement of operations. During
fiscal 2004, Golfsmith sold its trademarks for
Lynx®
in Europe, Malaysia, Thailand and Singapore to a third party.
Golfsmith received proceeds of $2.1 million, net of direct
costs associated with the sale. The gain on the sale was
approximately $1.1 million and is recorded in other income
in the statement of operations.
Other expense was not significant during any of the years
presented.
|
|
11. |
Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans |
During 1998, the Board of Directors approved a Retirement
Savings Plan (the Plan), which permits eligible
employees to make contributions to the Plan on a pretax basis in
accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. The Company makes a matching contribution
of 50% of the employees pretax contribution, up to 6% of
the employees compensation, in any calendar year. The
Company contributed approximately $291,000 during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, $349,000 during the fiscal
year ended January 1, 2005 and $259,000 during the fiscal
year ended January 3, 2004.
In 2005, the Company established the Annual Management Incentive
Plan under which eligible participants may receive a cash bonus
if the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors creates
a bonus pool and determines such participants have achieved
pre-determined individual and corporate goals. During fiscal
2005, the Company recorded expense of $1.7 million under
the Annual Management Incentive Plan. This amount is recorded in
selling, general and administrative expenses on the
Companys consolidated statement of operations.
|
|
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. |
Holdings has authorized 40.0 million shares of common
stock, par value $.001 per share, of which
21,594,597 shares were issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005.
|
|
|
Golfsmith International, Inc. |
Prior to the merger on October 15, 2002, Golfsmith had
authorized 20.0 million shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share. Subsequent to the merger on
October 15, 2002, the surviving operating entity Golfsmith
is authorized to issue 100 shares of its $.01 par
value common stock. All 100 shares were issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and January 1,
2005. Holdings, the parent of Golfsmith, holds all of
Golfsmiths outstanding common stock.
No dividends have been declared or paid by Holdings or Golfsmith
since the merger on October 15, 2002.
F-23
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Capital Shares Reserved for Issuance |
At December 31, 2005, the Company has reserved the
following shares of common stock for issuance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
2,850,000 |
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
Additional authorized common shares
|
|
|
14,799,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total unissued authorized common shares
|
|
|
18,405,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. |
Restricted Stock Units |
In October 2002, concurrent with the merger transaction between
Holdings and Golfsmith, Holdings awarded restricted stock units
of Holdings common stock to eligible employees of
Golfsmith and its subsidiaries. The stock units are granted with
certain restrictions as defined in the agreement. There were
755,935 outstanding shares of restricted stock units at
December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 with a book
value of $2.3 million at each such date.
The restricted stock units are fully vested at the grant date
and are held in an escrow account. The stock units become
available to the employees as the restrictions lapse. In
general, the restrictions lapse after ten years unless the
occurrence of certain specified events, upon which the
restrictions will lapse earlier.
|
|
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. 2002 Incentive
Stock Plan |
In October 2002, Holdings adopted the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan
(the 2002 Plan). Under the 2002 Plan, certain
employees, members of the Board of Directors and third party
consultants may be granted options to purchase shares of
Holdings common stock, stock appreciation rights and restricted
stock grants (collectively referred to as options).
The exercise price of the options granted was equal to the value
of Golfsmiths common stock on the grant date. Options are
exercisable and vest in accordance with each option agreement.
The term of each option is no more than ten years from the date
of the grant. There were 2,850,000 shares authorized under
the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2005, of which 841,777 are
available for future grant.
F-24
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
A summary of the Companys stock option activity and
related information for the 2002 Plan through December 31,
2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Range of | |
|
Weighted Average | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Exercise Prices | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding at December 28, 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,840,500 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(113,000 |
) |
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 3, 2004
|
|
|
1,727,500 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
$ |
3.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
741,500 |
|
|
$ |
3.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.85 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(243,000 |
) |
|
$ |
3.003.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2005
|
|
|
2,226,000 |
|
|
$ |
3.003.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
69,223 |
|
|
$ |
3.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.85 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(287,000 |
) |
|
$ |
3.003.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
2,008,223 |
|
|
$ |
3.003.85 |
|
|
$ |
3.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options become exercisable as they vest. At December 31,
2005, 19,223 options were vested and exercisable with a weighted
average exercise price of $3.85. At December 31, 2005, the
weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding
options was 7.9 years.
Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) per share is
required by SFAS No. 123 and has been determined as if
the Company had accounted for its employee stock plans under the
fair value method of that Statement. Fair value was determined
using the minimum value option-pricing model with a volatility
factor near zero as the Companys shares are not publicly
traded, with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
Weighted-average expected life of the options (years)
|
|
|
7.00 |
|
|
|
7.00 |
|
|
|
7.00 |
|
Dividend rate
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Weighted-average fair value of options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise price equal to fair value of stock on
date of grant
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
$ |
0.73 |
|
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value
of the options is amortized to expense over the options
vesting period. The Companys pro forma information is
disclosed in Note 1.
Option valuation models incorporate highly subjective
assumptions. Because changes in the subjective assumptions can
materially affect the fair value estimate, the existing models
do not necessarily
F-25
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of
Golfsmiths employee stock options. Because, for pro forma
disclosure purposes, the estimated fair value of
Golfsmiths employee stock options is treated as if
amortized to expense over the options vesting period, the
effects of applying SFAS No. 123 for pro forma
disclosures are not necessarily indicative of future amounts.
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding, including
outstanding restricted stock awards. Diluted earnings per share
is computed based on the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding adjusted by the number of additional shares
that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive
common shares been issued. Potentially dilutive shares of common
stock include outstanding stock options.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and
diluted net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$ |
2,957,634 |
|
|
$ |
(4,755,616 |
) |
|
$ |
1,064,264 |
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
21,594,597 |
|
|
|
21,594,597 |
|
|
|
20,768,021 |
|
|
Weighted-average shares of restricted common stock units
outstanding
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
|
755,935 |
|
|
Shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and awards
|
|
|
318,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
22,668,785 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
21,523,956 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
The computation of dilutive shares outstanding excluded options
to purchase 0.6 million, 0.7 million and
1.7 million shares as of December 31, 2005,
January 1, 2005, and January 3, 2004, respectively,
because such outstanding options exercise prices were
equal to or greater than the average market price of our common
shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive (i.e.,
including such options would result in higher earnings per
share).
F-26
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
Significant components of the income tax provision attributable
to continuing operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
64,943 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
120,650 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
185,060 |
|
|
|
139,978 |
|
|
|
404,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current
|
|
|
400,003 |
|
|
|
260,628 |
|
|
|
464,983 |
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,824,628 |
|
|
|
165,378 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337,468 |
|
|
|
14,592 |
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,162,096 |
|
|
|
179,970 |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
400,003 |
|
|
$ |
4,422,724 |
|
|
$ |
644,953 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys provision for income taxes differs from the
amount computed by applying the statutory rate to income from
continuing operations before taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Income Tax at U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
|
(34.0 |
)% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State taxes, net of federal income tax
|
|
|
4.4 |
% |
|
|
23.9 |
% |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
Foreign income taxes
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
42.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Permanent differences and other
|
|
|
(4.1 |
)% |
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
0.4 |
% |
Utilized net operating losses
|
|
|
(34.5 |
)% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
6.9 |
% |
|
|
1,294.2 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Income tax provision
|
|
|
11.9 |
% |
|
|
1,328.5 |
% |
|
|
37.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax
F-27
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
purposes. Significant components of the Companys deferred
taxes as of December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, | |
|
At January 1, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other
|
|
$ |
548,087 |
|
|
$ |
515,906 |
|
|
Inventory basis
|
|
|
1,613,068 |
|
|
|
1,078,311 |
|
|
Federal tax carryforwards
|
|
|
2,683,497 |
|
|
|
2,808,398 |
|
|
Reserves and allowances
|
|
|
352,425 |
|
|
|
603,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,197,077 |
|
|
|
5,006,348 |
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
4,540,198 |
|
|
|
4,308,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
656,879 |
|
|
|
697,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable/amortizable assets
|
|
|
656,879 |
|
|
|
697,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
656,879 |
|
|
|
697,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005, the Company
recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax
assets. The valuation allowance will be relieved when the
Company expects to realize the benefit of its net deferred tax
assets.
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had federal net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.1 million.
The net operating loss carryforwards will begin expiring in 2022
if not utilized. In addition, the Company has foreign tax
credits of approximately $0.7 million that will begin
expiring in 2008 if not utilized.
F-28
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
17. |
Foreign and Domestic Operations |
The Company has operated in foreign and domestic regions.
Information about these operations is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
January 1, | |
|
January 3, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$ |
318,888,015 |
|
|
$ |
289,619,500 |
|
|
$ |
251,910,857 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
4,906,210 |
|
|
|
6,582,649 |
|
|
|
5,833,923 |
|
Operating profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
14,124,426 |
|
|
|
9,431,519 |
|
|
|
11,231,351 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
550,670 |
|
|
|
249,940 |
|
|
|
1,430,445 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
2,891,252 |
|
|
|
(639,654 |
) |
|
|
288,070 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
466,385 |
|
|
|
306,762 |
|
|
|
1,421,147 |
|
Identifiable assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
203,176,199 |
|
|
|
184,458,674 |
|
|
|
175,146,048 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
1,660,071 |
|
|
|
2,470,625 |
|
|
|
2,303,100 |
|
|
|
18. |
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
Net Income | |
|
Write-offs | |
|
Balance at | |
|
|
Beginning | |
|
(Loss), Net | |
|
Against | |
|
End of | |
|
|
of Period | |
|
of Recoveries | |
|
Reserves | |
|
Period | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Allowance for sales returns:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,326,394 |
|
|
|
10,180,021 |
|
|
|
(10,834,673 |
) |
|
|
671,742 |
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 1, 2005
|
|
|
1,357,173 |
|
|
|
10,358,365 |
|
|
|
(10,389,144 |
) |
|
|
1,326,394 |
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 3, 2004
|
|
|
1,098,029 |
|
|
|
8,111,425 |
|
|
|
(7,852,281 |
) |
|
|
1,357,173 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
161,838 |
|
|
|
65,670 |
|
|
|
(80,544 |
) |
|
|
146,964 |
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 1, 2005
|
|
|
176,667 |
|
|
|
85,487 |
|
|
|
(100,316 |
) |
|
|
161,838 |
|
|
Fiscal year ended January 3, 2004
|
|
|
242,643 |
|
|
|
157,717 |
|
|
|
(223,693 |
) |
|
|
176,667 |
|
F-29
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
|
|
19. |
Consolidated Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth | |
|
Full | |
Fiscal 2005 |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Year | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
63,958,382 |
|
|
$ |
102,493,511 |
|
|
$ |
85,521,081 |
|
|
$ |
71,821,251 |
|
|
$ |
323,794,225 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
22,762,892 |
|
|
|
37,832,621 |
|
|
|
29,882,762 |
|
|
|
25,271,664 |
|
|
|
115,749,939 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(1,999,612 |
) |
|
|
6,001,687 |
|
|
|
1,210,595 |
|
|
|
(2,255,036 |
) |
|
|
2,957,634 |
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1,999,612 |
) |
|
|
6,001,687 |
|
|
|
1,210,595 |
|
|
|
(2,255,036 |
) |
|
|
2,957,634 |
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
(0.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
(0.10 |
) |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,676,954 |
|
|
|
22,669,668 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,668,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth | |
|
Full | |
Fiscal 2004 |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Year | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
65,782,039 |
|
|
$ |
96,943,734 |
|
|
$ |
73,895,536 |
|
|
$ |
59,580,840 |
|
|
$ |
296,202,149 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
22,975,182 |
|
|
|
33,374,179 |
|
|
|
24,516,783 |
|
|
|
20,321,426 |
|
|
|
101,187,570 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(202,961 |
) |
|
|
2,265,194 |
|
|
|
535,655 |
|
|
|
(7,353,504 |
) |
|
|
(4,755,616 |
) |
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(202,961 |
) |
|
|
2,265,194 |
|
|
|
535,655 |
|
|
|
(7,353,504 |
) |
|
|
(4,755,616 |
) |
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.33 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.21 |
) |
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,422,608 |
|
|
|
22,698,038 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
22,350,532 |
|
|
|
20. |
Related Party Transactions |
In October 2002, the Company entered into a management
consulting agreement with its majority stockholder whereby the
Company pays a management fee expense of $600,000 per year,
plus out of pocket expenses, to this majority stockholder of the
Company ending in October 2012. During the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2005, January 1, 2005 and January 3,
2004, the Company paid approximately $681,000, $631,000 and
$812,000, respectively, to this majority stockholder under the
agreement. These amounts are recognized in the consolidated
statement of operations in the selling, general and
administrative expense line item. As of December 31, 2005
and January 1, 2005, the Company did not have any material
amounts payable to this majority stockholder.
F-30
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005
Nothing in the management consulting agreement shall prohibit
the Companys majority stockholder from receiving from the
Company a fee in connection with their financial advisory and
consulting services in connection with future acquisitions,
dispositions or debt or equity financings. Under the terms of
the agreement, such additional fees will not exceed an amount
equal to:
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of a transaction involving less than
$50 million in total enterprise value, 2% of such total
enterprise value; |
|
|
|
in the case of a transaction involving more than
$50 million but less than $100 million in total
enterprise value, $1 million; and |
|
|
|
in the case of a transaction involving more than
$100 million in total enterprise value, 1% of such total
enterprise value. |
On May 28, 2003, the Company issued 83,333 shares of
its common stock to one of the Companys directors, for an
aggregate purchase price of $249,999, or $3.00 per share.
On July 24, 2003, in conjunction with the Companys
acquisition of Sherwood, the Companys majority
stockholder, purchased 1,427,623 shares of the
Companys common stock for an aggregate purchase price of
$4.3 million. Also on July 24, 2003, in conjunction
with the Companys acquisition of Sherwood, a director of
the Company purchased 5,710 shares of the Companys
common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$17,000.
On June 9, 2005, Holdings entered into a consulting
agreement with a director of the Company. The agreement has an
initial term of three years and may be terminated by either
party giving thirty days prior written notice. Pursuant to
the terms of the agreement, the director will make him or
herself available for ten business days per calendar year of the
term of the agreement for consulting services to the Company.
The Company will pay the director $2,000 per business day
on which consulting services are performed and reimburse the
director for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses.
The Company paid approximately $33,000 to this director under
this agreement in fiscal 2005. There were no amounts owed to
this director as of December 31, 2005.
On March 14, 2006, Holdings filed a registration statement
on Form S-1 with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, for the registration of
shares of common stock for sale to the public markets.
F-31
Through and
including ,
2006 (the
25th
day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting
transactions in these securities, whether or not participating
in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This
is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
Merrill Lynch & Co.
JPMorgan
Lazard Capital Markets
,
2006
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The following table sets forth all expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the
registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being
registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the
registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount to | |
|
|
be Paid | |
|
|
| |
SEC registration fee
|
|
$ |
|
|
NASD filing fee
|
|
|
|
|
Nasdaq National Market fee
|
|
|
|
|
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Officers and Directors. |
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits
indemnification of officers, directors, and other corporate
agents under certain circumstances and subject to certain
limitations. The registrants amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws
provide that the registrant shall indemnify its directors,
officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the
registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements
with its directors and executive officers which require the
registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against
certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or
service (other than liabilities arising from acts or omissions
not in good faith or from willful misconduct).
These indemnification provisions and the indemnification
agreements entered into between the registrant and its executive
officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit
indemnification of the registrants executive officers and
directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses
incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to
this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers and
directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising
under the Securities Act, or otherwise.
|
|
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
The following is a summary of transactions during the preceding
three fiscal years involving sales of our securities that were
not registered under the Securities Act.
|
|
|
|
|
On May 28, 2003, pursuant to the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant issued 83,333 shares of its
common stock to Thomas G. Hardy, one of its directors, for an
aggregate purchase price of $249,999, or $3.00 per share. |
|
|
|
On June 16, 2003, pursuant to the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant issued options to purchase an
aggregate of |
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
1,840,500 shares of its common stock at an exercise price
of $3.00 per share to members of its management under its
2002 Incentive Stock Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
On July 24, 2003, pursuant to the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant issued 1,427,623 shares of its
common stock to Atlantic Equity Partners III, L.P., its
majority stockholder, for an aggregate purchase price of
$4,282,869, or $3.00 per share. Holdings issued these
shares without registration under the Securities Act in reliance
on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public
offering. |
|
|
|
On July 24, 2003, pursuant to the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant issued 5,710 shares of its
common stock to Thomas G. Hardy, one of its directors, for an
aggregate purchase price of $17,131, or $3.00 per share. |
No underwriter or underwriting discount or commission was
involved in any of the transactions set forth in this
Item 15.
|
|
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1 |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement* |
|
2 |
.1 |
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 23,
2002, among Golfsmith International, Inc., Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. and BGA Acquisition Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Golfsmiths Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Golfsmith International, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Golfsmith International Holding,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. to be effective upon the closing of
this offering* |
|
3 |
.3 |
|
Bylaws of Golfsmith International, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 3.2 to Golfsmiths Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
3 |
.4 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc. to be effective upon the closing of this offering* |
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen Common Stock Certificate* |
|
4 |
.2 |
|
Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among Golfsmith
International, Inc., the guarantors named and defined therein
and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (filed
as Exhibit 4.1 to Golfsmith International Holding,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
4 |
.3 |
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 15,
2004, among Golfsmith International, Inc., the guarantors named
and defined therein and U.S. Bank Trust National
Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on September 17, 2004,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
4 |
.4 |
|
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2005,
among Golfsmith International, Inc., the guarantors named and
defined therein and U.S. Bank Trust National Association,
as trustee. (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on March 24,
2005, and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
5 |
.1 |
|
Opinion of White & Case LLP* |
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
9 |
.1 |
|
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, among
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. and the other stockholders party thereto
(filed as Exhibit 9.1 to Golfsmith International Holding,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Redemption Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2002, among
DLJ Investment Partners, L.P., DLJ Investment Fundings, Inc.,
DLJ ESC II L.P., Golfsmith International, Inc., Golfsmith
Holdings, L.P., Golfsmith GP Holdings, Inc., Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. and BGA Acquisition Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Management Consulting Agreement, dated as of October 15,
2002, among Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., Golfsmith
International, Inc. and First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. (filed as
Exhibit 10.4 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, among
Golfsmith International, L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C., and
Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as borrowers, Golfsmith International,
Inc. and the other credit parties named therein and General
Electric Capital Corporation, as a lender, as the initial L/C
issuer and as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
10 |
.4 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
January 10, 2003, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.6 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.5 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
September 5, 2003, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 10, 2004, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004, (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.7 |
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 11, 2004, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.9 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004, (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
July 21, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as Borrowers,
the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the Credit
Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and
General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and as a
Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended July 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein
by reference) |
|
10 |
.9 |
|
Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 4, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International,
L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as
Borrowers, the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the
Credit Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to
time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and
as a Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed
as Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
October 8, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
November 5, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International,
L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as
Borrowers, the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the
Credit Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to
time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and
as a Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed
as Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 12, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein
by reference) |
|
10 |
.11 |
|
Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 29, 2005, by and among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as Borrowers,
the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the Credit
Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and
General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and as a
Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005, (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002,
among Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., and Carl F. Paul
and Franklin C. Paul, as stockholder representatives (filed as
Exhibit 10.3 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Franklin Paul (filed
as Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Barbara Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.9 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Kelly Redding (filed
as Exhibit 10.10 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of John Moriarty (filed
as Exhibit 10.11 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.12 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Letter Agreement amending the Carl F. Paul Employment Agreement,
dated as of March 29, 2005, by and between Golfsmith
International, Inc. and Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.31 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005 (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Franklin C. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.13 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Letter Agreement amending the Franklin C. Paul Employment
Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005, by and between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Franklin C. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.30 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005 (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and James D. Thompson (filed as
Exhibit 10.14 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Virginia Bunte (filed as
Exhibit 10.15 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2005, between
Mr. Larry Mondry and Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 333-101117)
filed on June 14, 2005, and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Settlement Agreement and General Release, dated as of
September 30, 2004, between James C. Loden and Golfsmith
International, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 8, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.26 |
|
2002 Incentive Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
10 |
.27 |
|
2006 Incentive Stock Plan* |
|
10 |
.28 |
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. Annual Management
Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on August 30, 2005,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.29 |
|
Form Individual Notice of Award (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on August 30, 2005,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.30 |
|
Golfsmith International, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (filed as
Exhibit 10.17 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.31 |
|
Golfsmith 2004 Management Incentive Plan (filed as
Exhibit 10.23 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
333-117210) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. Severance Pay Plan (filed
as Exhibit 10.2 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended July 3, 2004, (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
21 |
.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 21.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-10117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm. |
|
23 |
.2 |
|
Consent of White & Case LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1)* |
|
24 |
.1 |
|
Power of Attorney (included in signature page)** |
|
|
* |
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
** |
Previously filed. |
|
(b) Financial Statement
Schedules.
All other schedules have been omitted because they are either
inapplicable or the required information has been given in the
consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer,
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action,
II-5
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or
controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of
whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
|
|
|
(1) To provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified
in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. |
|
|
(2) That for purposes of determining any liability under
the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the
form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement
in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of
the time it was declared effective. |
|
|
(3) That for the purpose of determining any liability under
the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly
authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the
19th day of April 2006.
|
|
|
GOLFSMITH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James D. Thompson |
|
|
|
|
|
James D. Thompson |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Charles Shaw |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
/s/ James D. Thompson
James D. Thompson |
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
/s/ Virginia Bunte
Virginia Bunte |
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
Roberto Buaron |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
James Grover |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
Noel Wilens |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
Thomas G. Hardy |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
James Long |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
*
Lawrence Mondry |
|
Director |
|
April 19, 2006 |
|
* By: |
|
/s/ James D. Thompson
James D. Thompson
As Attorney-In-Fact |
|
|
|
|
II-7
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1 |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement* |
|
2 |
.1 |
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 23,
2002, among Golfsmith International, Inc., Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. and BGA Acquisition Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Golfsmith International, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
3 |
.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. to be effective upon the closing of
this offering* |
|
3 |
.3 |
|
Bylaws of Golfsmith International, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 3.2 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
3 |
.4 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc. to be effective upon the closing of this offering* |
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Specimen Common Stock Certificate* |
|
4 |
.2 |
|
Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2002, among Golfsmith
International, Inc., the guarantors named and defined therein
and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (filed
as Exhibit 4.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
4 |
.3 |
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 15,
2004, among Golfsmith International, Inc., the guarantors named
and defined therein and U.S. Bank Trust National
Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on September 17, 2004,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
4 |
.4 |
|
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2005,
among Golfsmith International, Inc., the guarantors named and
defined therein and U.S. Bank Trust National Association,
as trustee. (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on March 24, 2005, and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
5 |
.1 |
|
Opinion of White & Case LLP* |
|
9 |
.1 |
|
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, among
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., Atlantic Equity
Partners III, L.P. and the other stockholders party thereto
(filed as Exhibit 9.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.1 |
|
Redemption Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2002, among
DLJ Investment Partners, L.P., DLJ Investment Fundings, Inc.,
DLJ ESC II L.P., Golfsmith International, Inc., Golfsmith
Holdings, L.P., Golfsmith GP Holdings, Inc., Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc. and BGA Acquisition Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.2 |
|
Management Consulting Agreement, dated as of October 15,
2002, among Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., Golfsmith
International, Inc. and First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. (filed as
Exhibit 10.4 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, among
Golfsmith International, L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C., and
Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as borrowers, Golfsmith International,
Inc. and the other credit parties named therein and General
Electric Capital Corporation, as a lender, as the initial L/C
issuer and as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.4 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
January 10, 2003, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.6 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.5 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
September 5, 2003, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
February 10, 2004, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.7 |
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 11, 2004, among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C. as Borrowers and
General Electric Capital Corporation as a lender (filed as
Exhibit 10.9 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
July 21, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as Borrowers,
the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the Credit
Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and
General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and as a
Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended July 3, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein
by reference) |
|
10 |
.9 |
|
Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 4, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International,
L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as
Borrowers, the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the
Credit Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to
time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and
as a Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed
as Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
October 8, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
November 5, 2004, by and among Golfsmith International,
L.P., Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as
Borrowers, the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the
Credit Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to
time, and General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and
as a Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed
as Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 12, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein
by reference) |
|
10 |
.11 |
|
Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 29, 2005, by and among Golfsmith International, L.P.,
Golfsmith NU, L.L.C. and Golfsmith USA, L.L.C., as Borrowers,
the other Persons designated as Credit Parties to the Credit
Agreement, the lenders signatory thereto from time to time, and
General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself and as a
Lender, as L/C Issuer and as Agent for the Lenders (filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005, (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.12 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002,
among Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc., and Carl F. Paul
and Franklin C. Paul, as stockholder representatives (filed as
Exhibit 10.3 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.13 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.7 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Franklin Paul (filed
as Exhibit 10.8 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4
(No. 333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Barbara Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.9 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of Kelly Redding (filed
as Exhibit 10.10 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, by
Golfsmith International, Inc. in favor of John Moriarty (filed
as Exhibit 10.11 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.12 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Letter Agreement amending the Carl F. Paul Employment Agreement,
dated as of March 29, 2005, by and between Golfsmith
International, Inc. and Carl F. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.31 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Franklin C. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.13 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Letter Agreement amending the Franklin C. Paul Employment
Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005, by and between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Franklin C. Paul (filed as
Exhibit 10.30 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2005 (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2002, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and James D. Thompson (filed as
Exhibit 10.14 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2003, between
Golfsmith International, Inc. and Virginia Bunte (filed as
Exhibit 10.15 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2005, between
Mr. Larry Mondry and Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K (No. 333-101117)
filed on June 14, 2005, and incorporated herein by
reference) |
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Settlement Agreement and General Release, dated as of
September 30, 2004, between James C. Loden and Golfsmith
International, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 8, 2004 (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.26 |
|
2002 Incentive Stock Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.s Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-101117) and
incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.27 |
|
2006 Incentive Stock Plan* |
|
10 |
.28 |
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. Annual Management
Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Golfsmith
International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on August 30, 2005,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Documents |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.29 |
|
Form Individual Notice of Award (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on
Form 8-K (No. 333-101117) filed on August 30, 2005,
and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.30 |
|
Golfsmith International, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (filed as
Exhibit 10.17 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
333-101117) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.31 |
|
Golfsmith 2004 Management Incentive Plan (filed as
Exhibit 10.23 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
333-117210) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. Severance Pay Plan (filed
as Exhibit 10.2 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended July 3, 2004, (No. 333-101117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
21 |
.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of Golfsmith International Holdings, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 21.1 to Golfsmith International Holdings,
Inc.s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 3, 2004 (No. 333-10117) and incorporated
herein by reference) |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm. |
|
23 |
.2 |
|
Consent of White & Case LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1)* |
|
24 |
.1 |
|
Power of Attorney (included in signature page)** |
|
|
* |
To be filed by amendment. |